Press Alt + R to read the document text or Alt + P to download or print.
This document contains no pages.
HomeMy WebLinkAboutPart 2No. 05125.00
C-26
r-------- ------ — ----------�-- ----- ----------------- ----- ---- ---- ------- - - - - ----------® --- ---- ---- --------- - - - - -- - - -- - - - - - - - -
1 1 WP#
GFI---- - - - - --
------
-------- - - - - - - -------
,I o o II i
9 8 Q
11 C-2t
DOWN E MAKER 11
- - 11 6 6 2
C-26 1 4 41b 2 u 5 18
�• A-30 C-34 3 C-34 A-42
11 3 11 HOODS 5. 6, & 7
"EF_1i u 2 MUA SYSTEM
f I� RTU}#1 A-19 — —B 7 11 - _'° i f" 6 C-1
zs a
I1 A-1 " 1 ' 11 7 1 1,
,I n / u
0 ss2 7 7 A-35 C-20 `" D-32 3
s`-�k i lIl _ 1" C-34
Syl MMM'Ii 9tlTeH€R -DISPLAY- EF-3 B-34 iwER1r
°�€£ COAL FREEZER 6 2 \ COOLER
COOLER COMP COMP COMP 11 __,_° F
_.cm lea _ C-34 " ----
i 11 6 $
7 _ 2 B-42
1 3 C-34 6 2 11 DOWN TO ° a 8 ti
SATELLITE DISH
EF-4 B-36 ° C-26 _ ICE MAKER j
_ 11 v il
-9
PROVIDED/INSTALLED 11 , G34 _ 11
I B_2 BY EQUIP..SUPPLIER. 13 g 6 41g 01
3' x 3' SPACE 2 A-2
% REQUIRED.
14 2 12
I � - 16 6 _
I z>:a, ,v-_-f„ i i, z_= ', x'= ' _Xs.'Fu li iy p I r
j 12 �' §�"Ji 12 4 I, �;W 4 B-1 -
4s n A-36 Np, w�aµ„ yyi 12
I , . ?_.,.u, �s- •---- -� C-26 11 ,��� 3p"1 �, "w
6y�i,'-'W
0 r.It
dl „ 1 11 i TU 3 i 'inn 1 ni i� I A-13 I~ l"i R TU n "1J�f"xgv'a4"WN+rN •+v iI'-a-n--L_- -4- ' --
= a ---------
--------------
Li I I
I
I I� ;
_ 16 -------- �-' Ii MTD. ABOVE LAY -IN CEILING BELOW ROOF FOR
:w"BUFFET &GRILLSIGN AND CHIMNEY L.E.D. LIGHT
SATELLITE DISH
PROVIDED/INSTALLED BY 10 5 15
II HOO
I
& 8DMUA SYSTEM PC- C- PC-3 i J
EQUIP. SUPPLIER.
1 O_ 3' x V SPACE REQUIRED. L L-
10
- -
�----- - - - - -- � m \ 5 15 I
L-12 J II
MOUNT ON VERTICAL /' /' ' i \\\\\\ MTD. ABOVE LAY -IN CEILING BELOW ROOF FOR i J
WALL NEAR ROOF PEAK. n "GOLDEN CORRAL" SIGN
n ^ PHOTO -CONTROLS
MUST FACE NORTH, \ //
SEE SHEET E6 ,' \\
\\ 1 1 I I I
I I i I � I I i I � I //,/// III ♦\ \\ I I 1 I 11
i
I.I IL -
I I I 1 I I III I
D ALL PROPOSED WORK
n l THESE PLANS AN
AND SUBJECT TO ANY CORRECTIONS '
REQUIRED BY FIELD INSPECTORS THAT1
I i 1
[itMAY BE NECESSARY IN ORDER TO
i
I \ \ \COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES.
I I 1 1 I //, III \\\ L--
I I L---1---J I 1 L -I---� I /: // III \\ \ I I--
L----'-- -J L-I---_J / / , Iil \ \ \ L___ '-- �� opy
L_---'----J
LIGHT FIXTURE '/' / ul \\
(1 ® EACH DORMER)
SEE SHEET EL In
\ I
L---------------------------------- i� ul - ---- ------ ------------------------------------
I ® v
❑ - _ � III ', � _ - ❑ -_ __.. __-. _ _.._. _ _. _. __ _. _. _. _
u COS ._ CTION NOTES:
— — — — — — — — — — —
—,— — — — — — — — — — — — —.—
' 5 10
I
I
(
I I
i
I
L-8
J
J
ELECTRICAL Ru"'OF PLAN
SCALE: 3/16" = 1'-0"
ROOF TOP EQUIPMENT SHOWN IS FOR LENNOX EQUIPMENT. IF
ALTERNATE TRANE EQUIPMENT IS SELECTED, CONTRACTOR IS
RESPONSIBLE TO COORDINATE ALL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
AS REQUIRED.
GENERAL (VOTES:
1. ALL PENETRATIONS THRU ROOF SHALL BE BY GEN. CONTR. AS PER ROOF MFR.'S STANDARD DETAILS.
2. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.
3. SEE SHEET R1 FOR ADDITIONAL ROOF INFORMATION.
nP
M
O
�p
u�
z„
F=1y
E°
A
Uo
w
rti
0
T
9
w
Yn
m
p
wo
60
L�
cv
u
N C
p
14
O O
O1 HARING FROM REMOTE CONDENSING UNIT TO EVAPORATOR COIL, DOOR HEATER AND THE LIGHTS IN COOLER/FREEZER UNIT PROVIDED BY R.C. M.C. SHALL
PLACE UNITS ON ROOF, R.C. SHALL SET CONDENSER UNITS IN CORRECT LOCATION AND CONNECT. COORDINATE W/GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE 4" x
4" SUPPORTS AS REQUIRED.
0 VIA HOOD CONTROL PANEL - SEE HARING DIAGRAM ON "V" SHEETS AND SHEETS M5 AND E6 FOR HOOD WIRING AND CONTROLS.
Q3 WP/GFl RECEPTACLE BY E.C. FOR HEAT TAPE. COORDINATE MOUNTING LOCATION WITH M.C. SEE DETAIL 3/E4.
® WP/GFl RECEPTACLE IS FACTORY INSTALLED. E.C. SHALL ROUTE ALL CIRCUITS TO RECEPTACLE VIA BOTTOM POWER ENTRY IN CURB.
0 E.C. SHALL LOCATE J-BOX ABOVE CEILING.
© DISC. SWITCH FURNISHED WTH FAN BY HOOD CONTRACTOR.
O7 SAFETY DISCONNECT SWITCH, 208V/3P-30A, FUSIBLE, FUSE PER NAMEPLATE, NEMA 3R BY E.C.
® SAFETY DISCONNECT SNATCH, 208V/1P-30A, FUSIBLE, FUSE PER NAMEPLATE, NEMA 3R, BY E.C.
O9 POWER FOR REMOTE CONDENSER VIA ICE MAKER. E.C. SHALL INSTALL CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS AND MAKE FINAL CONNECTION. E.C. SHALL COORDINATE
INSTALLATION WITH ROOF CONTRACTOR.
10 E.C. SHALL PROVIDE A JUNC11ON BOX EVERY 32' FOR RED L.E.D. BANDS. E.C. SHALL COORDINATE LOCATION OF CONTROL TRANSFORMERS WITH SIGN
CONTRACTOR BEFORE STARTING ANY ROUGH -IN WORK. LIGHTS ARE CONTROLLED BY 1TMER. SEE DETAIL 3/E6.
11 ALL ELECTRICAL CONDUITS PENETRATING THE ROOF SHALL GO THROUGH ROOF CONDUIT CURB (SEE DET. 1/RI)INSTALLED BY G.C. & ROOFING
CONTRACTOR; E.C. SHALL COORDINATE. INSTALL PER ROOFING MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDA11ONS AND DETAILS.
12 SAFETY DISCONNECT SNATCHES ARE FACTORY INSTALLED IN ALL RTU'S. E.C. SHALL ROUTE CIRCUITS TO DISCONNECT SWITCH VIA BOTTOM ENTRY OF CURB.
13 PROVIDE WEATHERPROOF JUNCTION BOX AT SATELLITE DISHES, RUN ONE 1-1/2" PVC CONDUIT FROM W.P. J-BOX TO ABOVE CEILING IN THE MANAGERS
OFFICE WITH PULL ROPE AND 6" MINIMUM BEND RADIUS FOR THE TWO RG-11 COAXIAL IFL CABLES BY OTHERS.
14 SATELLITE DISH SHALL BE GROUNDED TO THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM PER N.E.C. ARTICLE 810.21.
15 E.C. SHALL COORDINATE WITH G.C. TO LOCATE J-BOX WITH SIGN.
16 STANDARD MOUNTING FOR THE SATELLITE DISH SHALL BE THE NON -PENETRATING ROOF MOUNT AS SHOWN. THE ALTERNATE MOUNTING METHOD IS WALL
MOUNT. E.C. SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER TO DETERMINE EXACT LOCA11ON AND THE MOUNT MOST APPROPRIATE AT THE 11ME OF
INSTALLATION. THE LOCATION ON THE ROOF MUST HAVE A CLEAR VIEW OF THE SOUTH/SOUTHWEST SKY.
O��j O2 J7JF y�,,W�U2F2
za�orc gM,J. oo Y-1`$¢ozfi
ON m<��]�U ZOyp10
<� �i,sif 11rrf�JJtiJJ Ui g'Zn �i ni��
UK ygKOaa �OOrII
2 030 1-
N3s3�oW�az`smo
�mr�oZ(=jj<��yN"ZO<Z��(V8�1a�
Onmu
3J 14In �F �'-+�3� �i 13m0
€a�a�h�go?OOZ_
o�
oe
4 a
00
0-
0
0
J -I
a CC U
V? O J
w
® p'
c
0 3
U L_
W _j
Revisions
THRU ADDENDUM "A"
1/20/06
PROJECT DATE
04/02/08
Z:\2005\05125 - GC Port St. Lucie, FL\E7AA.dwg Jul 29, 2008-11:
Sheet No.
E
f=�
p 75 ` W"
GENERAL NOTES:
1. ALL LOW VOLTAGE WIRING AND FINAL CONNECTIONS SHALL BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY THE M.C. ALL J-BOXES AND NECESSARY CONDUIT SHALL BE PROVIDED
BY E.C. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL THEEMOSTATS AND SENSORS. E.C. SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALL POWER WIRING OVER 24 VOLTS INCLUDING
CONDUIT AND J-BOXES AS REQUIRED, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. SEE ELECTRICAL SHEETS.
2. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CERTIFY THAT THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM HAS BEEN INSTALLED, AS SPECIFIED AND HAS BEEN TESTED 'TO ASSURE
THAT CONTROL ELEMENTS ARE CALIBRATED, ADJUSTED, AND AND IN PROPER WORKING CONDITION. A COPY OF THE CERTIFICATION SHALL BE FURNISHED TO THE
CODE ENFORCEMENT OFFICIAL. M.C. SHALL INCLUDE COPY OF THE CONTROL SYSTEM CERTIFICATION IN OPERATION & MAINTENANCE MANUAL PROVIDED TO THE
OWNER.
3. TRANE SHALL PROVIDE A LAMINATED QUICK REFERENCE HVAC OPERATION AND SET UP INSTALLATION SHEET. M.C. SHALL PERMANENTLY ATTACH THE INSTRUCTION
SHEET (WITH CHAIN, STRING OR OTHER MEANS) NEXT TO THERMOSTATS IN THE MANAGERS OFFICE. THIS INSTRUCTION SHEET IS IN ADDITION TO THE OPERATION AND
MAINTENANCE MANUAL. M.C. SHALL EXPLAIN TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE THE HVAC SYSTEM OPERATION, PROGRAMMING AND TROUBLESHOOTING.
4. SEE 'V' SHEETS FOR HOOD CONTROL PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM, PROVIDED BY OWNER WITH HOODS.
5. A TRANE EQUIPMENT AND THERMOSTAT OPERATION CHECK (EOC)IS REQUIRED ON THIS PROJECT. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR MUST CONTACT TRANE INIDUSTRIES AT
LEAST 2 WEEKS PRIOR TO FINAL INSPECTION FOR EOC. ALL INSTALLATION AND START-UP MUST BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO EOC. BOTH MECHANICAL AND
ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS SHALL BE PRESENT DURING THE EOC.
6. FOR ANY CQNMQL QUESTIONS ELEME= J.D. HOWARD OF TRANE AT 1919) 783-0458,
HVAC SEQUENCE OF OPERATION
M.C. SHALL SET THERMOSTAT 'OCCUPIED' AND 'UNOCCUPIED' MODES TO OWNER'S OPERATION SCHEDULE. EVAP. FANS ON ALL RTU'S SHALL RUN CONTINUOUSLY IN
THE
OCCUPIED MODE.
NORMAL OPERATION (OCCUPIED):
EF-1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, SF-1A, SF-18, EVAPORATOR FANS AND ECONOMIZERS (IF INSTALLED) ON RTU-1, 2, 3, 4, AND 5 UNITS SHALL OPERATE CONTINUOUSLY
UPON ACTIVATION OF KITCHEN HOOD SWITCH. INTERLOCK WIRING, RELAYS, AND CONTACTS FOR THIS ARE INCLUDED INTERNALLY IN THE HOOD ELECTRICAL
CONTROL PANEL. SEE DETAILS THIS SHEET AND "V" SHEETS.
UPON DEACTIVATION OF THE KITCHEN HOOD SWITCH, ALL AIR HANDLING UNITS SHALL BE CONTROLLED VIA INDIVIDUAL SENSORS AND THERMOSTATS.
THE TEMPERATURE SCHEDULE SET POINTS SHALL BE SPECIFIC FOR EACH RTU AND SHALL BE FIELD ADJUSTABLE.
SPACE TEMPERATURE SET POINTS: RTU-2, 3, 4, 5: 75-F COOLING, 70-F HEATING
RTU-1: 787 COOLING, 70-F HEATING
RTU-2, 5: 60% RH
ALL RTU'S COOLING/HEATING SWITCH/OVER SHALL BE AUTOMATIC BASED ON THE SPACE DEMAND. EVAPORATOR FANS SHALL BE SET TO RUN CONTINUOUSLY
DURING OCCUPIED PERIODS. OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE ON ECONOMIZERS OR DAMPERS SHALL BE IN MINIMUM OPEN POSITION TO DELIVER CFM°S INDICATED IN AIR
BALANCE SCHEDULE ON SHEET M2 OR SHALL FOLLOW THE ECONOMIZER OPERATION DESCRIBED BELOW.
SF-1A AND SF-1B HEATER (OPT.) SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY INDIVIDUAL FACTORY INSTALLED THERMOSTAT IN HEATED UNIT (IF HEAT OPTION IS SELECTED BY
OWNER).
1= APPLICABLE)
ECONOMIZER OPERATION (IF
THE RTU'S EQUIPPED WITH ECONOMIZERS (SEE UNITS SCHEDULE ON SHEET M2) SHALL UTILIZE "FREE COOLING" AS THE FIRST STAGE OF COOLING. WHEN OUTDOOR
AIR ENTHALPY IS LOWER THAN THE MIXED AIR ENTHALPY, OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE DAMPERS SHALL MODULATE FROM MIN. TO MAX. OPEN POSITION AND SPACE
RETURN AIR DAMPERS SHALL MODULATE FROM MAX. TO MIN. RELIEF DAMPERS SHALL BE CONTROLLED RESPECTIVELY VIA INTEGRAL RTU CONTROL. IF THE
OUTSIDE AIR ALONE CANNOT SATISFY THE SPACE COOLING DEMAND, THE COMPRESSORS SHALL BE ENERGIZED IN STAGES. WHEN OUTDOOR AIR ENTHALPY IS
HIGHER THAN MIXED AIR ENTHALPY, OR WHEN THE LOW LIMIT SENSOR LOCATED IN DISCHARGE AIR REACHES ITS SET POINT (557 -ADJ.), THEN OUTDOOR AIR AND
RETURN AIR DAMPERS SHALL BE SET TO DELIVER MINIMUM O.A. CFM's INDICATED IN THE AIR BALANCE SCHEDULE.
NIGHT SETBACK OPERATION (UNOCCUPIED)
SPACE TEMPERATURE SET POINTS: ALL RTU'S: 857 COOLING, 557 HEATING
ALL RTU'S EVAPORATOR FAN, COMPRESSORS AND HEATER SHALL RUN ON DEMAND ONLY. ANY MOTORIZED OUTSIDE AIR DAMPERS SHALL BE IN CURSED POSITION.
M.C. SHALL VERIFY REQUIREMENT FOR AUTOMATIC SETBACK CONTROL WITH LOCAL AUTHORITIES AND COORDINATE WITH EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER.
AFTER HOURS REMOTE OVERRIDE,
ALL RTU'S SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH AN INTEGRAL OVERRIDE BUTTON (INCLUDED W/ SENSORS) WITH CAPABILITY TO CHANGE UNIT STATUS FROM "UNOCCUPIED"
MODE TO A TEMPORARY "OCCUPIED STATUS, SEE SHEET M2.
EMERGENCY OPERATION:
E.C. SHALL WIRE ANSUL SYSTEMS ON COOKING HOODS SO THAT UPON FIRE DETECTION OR MANUAL ACTIVATION, THE MAKE-UP AIR FAN (SF-1A & SF-18) AND
EVAPORATOR FANS ON RTU 1, 2, 3, 4, AND 5 SHALL BE SHUT DOWN, ALL POWER TO EQUIPMENT UNDER HOOD SHALL BE ISOLATED, WHILE THE EXHAUST FANS
SHALL CONTINUE TO OPERATE. MECHANICAL GAS VALVE(S) SHALL ISOLATE ALL GAS SUPPLY TO EQUIPMENT UNDER HOOD(S). EVAPORATOR FAN ON EACH RTU
SHALL ALSO BE SHUT DOWN BY INDIVIDUAL SMOKE DETECTOR UPON DETECTING SMOKE.
TRANE
RELAY WITH DRY CONTACTS
IN CAPTIVE AIRE PANEL TYP. - - -
OF 3. SEE SHEET V4 TBJ1�- O - ERTU #1 - !
' N07 o--I------------01 I
C7---------- - ---- - o TAP INTO WIRE MOTOR
24 VOLT L - 64A (VOYAGER), '
RELAY #3 I POWER I 11 I 117A (PRECEDENT) j
0
a � o
NOB�o- - y2TU #2 8 o I
I CS o- �- - o+ TRANE UNIT
`------------1 I o I PARTIAL
_ TERMINAL BLOCK
(TYPICAL)
- -- `- - --------- -
NC3 o- S- RTU #3 VERIFY TERMINAL
C3� : _ _ POINTS WITH L1 L2 L3
RELAY #6 j MANUFACTURERS
l SHOP DRAWINGS
NC4 o_ RTU #4
JS C4 o-y--
NC3o-�-- #
C3 o- � - - RTU 5
RELAY #7 I
I I
NC4 0_ SPARE
C4 o-�--
I
CONTACTS ARE CLOSED
WHEN HOOD SWITCH IS
CLOSED, TYP. OF 3
RTU SYSTEM INTERLOCK
E8 / N.T.S.
NOTES:
1. M.C. SHALL WIRE SENSOR TO RTU TERMINAL BLOCK #1 IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S
RECOMMENDATIONS.
2. DASHED LINE INDICATES WIRING PROVIDED/INSTALLED BY M.C. SOLID LINE WIRING IS PROVIDED BY E.C.
3. TRANE RESERVES THE RIGHT TO CHANGE THE REQUIRED TERMINATION POINTS AND SETTINGS AS DESCRIBED
ABOVE. CONTACT TRANE FOR LATEST REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO STARTING ANY WORK. SEE GENERAL NOTE
#4 THIS SHEET.
HOOD #1
HOOD #3
HOOD #4
HOOD #5
HOOD #6
HOOD #7
HOOD #8
PHOTOCELL - TORK #2101 OR APPROVED
PC2 OR PC3 EQUAL - MOUNT ON FASCIA (TYPICAL FOR
PC1 , PC2 , AND PC )
WP JUNCTION BOX
2#12, 1#12GND. 3/4"C.
TO EXTERIOR
FIXTURES (°M', 'P', FROM P-18 OR L-42
'T', & 'X')
LIGHTING PHOTOCELL — TYPICAL OF 2
L-8, L-10, L-12
BLDG. SIGNS & L.E.D. LIGHTS
ItlfTSPAP
RIME SIGN
TORK #7200L *-,
ORAPPROVED
EQUAL
7 L-322#12, 1#12GND. 4C.
TO EXTERIOR WALL
MOUNT BUILDING SIGNS
AND L.E.D. LIGHTS
LIGHTING CONTACTOR #1
SQUARE D, CLASS 8903,
TYPE 'LG'-120V COIL
TO PRIME POLE SIGN PANEL
(PANEL BY SIGN CONTRACTOR)
BUILDING/POLE SIGNS TIME CLOCK
P-1
P-2
P-5
PHOTOCELL #1 - TORK #2101 OR P-6
APPROVED EQUAL - MOUNT ON P-9
FASCIA P-10
WP JUNCTION BOX
TIME CLOCK- TC
TORK #7200L
OR APPROVED
EQUAL
L-32
0
(2) #12
(1)#1CGND.
(TYPICAL) -
1 tTT-TIP-17
\� 2#12
1 12GND.
3/4"C.
PARKING LOT LIGHT TIMECLOCK/PHOTOCELL
LC 2
N.T.S.
NOTE #1: ALL WIRING AND EQUIPMENT BY E.C.
120V CONTROL CIRCUIT
FOR RTUS. SEE DETAIL
1 THIS
SHEET
INSTALL 2#12, 1#12 GND.,
1/2" C. FROM FAN TERMINALS
IN PRE WIRE TO DISCONNECT
SWITCH ON FAN AT ROOF
(SWITCH INSTALLED BY
MANUFACTURER)
EF-1
EF-2
EF-3
EF-4
HOOD
EF-5
CONTROL
m EF-6
PANELS BY
EF-7
HOOD
EF-8
CONTRACTOR
SEE "V"
F-1A
SHEETS
F-1B
2#14, 1/2"C. TO
MICROSWITCH AT ANSUL
TANKS. SEE SHEET M1
FOR LOCATIONS.
—►TO
ALL SHUNT TRIP
CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR
RECEPTACLES UNDER
HOOD #1, #2, #3, #4,
#5 AND #8: SEE
ELECTRICAL PANEL
SCHEDULES FOR ALL
SHUNT TRIP CIRCUITS.
POWER CIRCUITS FROM ELEC.
PANEL
TO PRE WIRE SECTION: SEE
ELECTRICAL PANEL SCHEDULES FOR
ALL HOOD CIRCUITS, EXHAUST FAN
CIRCUITS, AND SUPPLY FAN
CIRCUIT.
�-2 #12, 1 #12 GND., 3/4" C. WIRE
FROM W/B TERMINALS IN PRE WIRE
- BY HOOD TO JUNCTION BOX FOR LIGHTS
CONTRACTOR TYP. (TYPICAL EACH HOOD)
2 HAUT I AIL
o� N.T.S.
NOTE #1: ALL WIRING BY E.C.
SQUARE D, CLASS 8903,
TYPE 'LG'-120V COIL
TO PARKING LOT LIGHTS
Pro' ct No.05125.00
r------------ 1
NO3 —� TO SHUNT TRIP CIRCUIT BREAKERS, SEE SHEET E4
I C3 FROM 120V/1 P, 20A CIR(;UIT BREAKER
RELAY #9 I 120V
N04��-- `" 1
SPARE
C4
A
RELAY IN CAPTIVE AIRE PANEL - "- --
TYP. OF 4 SEE SHEET V4 "
1
NC3�o- �- SPARE
C3 o-�--
RELAY #8 I
NC4�o---- RTU #5
C4 o-y- CONTRACTOR SHALL TERMINATE
J CONTROL WIRING ON N.O. CONTECTS.
`------------ '
r------------I
NC5� L
RTU #4
C5 o-�--
RELAY #5
NC6 o-
C6 o- _ RTU #3
----------- d M
K ry P
.................
...................
m N
NC3�o- - - RTU #2 -DUCT SMOKE ?
C3 o- - DETECTOR (BY M.C.) E P
DRY CONTACTS ARE RELAY #2
ELECTRICALLY HELD CLOSED - 24V TYP. OF 5 4
0
CONTINUOUSLY UNLESS HOOD NC4--------------------L-___ _ Q
-------------- 44-
SUPPRESSION SYSTEM � U) r
IS ACTIVATED, TYP. OF 4 --- I C4 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -------._-----____-,
Y �
4 EMERGENCY RTU SHUT DOWN DETAIL. RTU #i TERMINAL
41
E8 N.T.S. f BLOCK
NOTES:
1. DASHED LINE INDICATES WIRING PROVIDED/INSTALLED BY M.C. SOLID LINE WIRI14C
IS PROVIDED BY E.C.
2.I RTU SHALL SHUT DOWN UPON FIRE DETECTION BY HOOD ANSUL SYSTEM, SEE
"HVAC SEQUENCE OF OPERATION" THIS SHEET. COORDINATE WIRING WTH
MANUFACTURERS SHOP DRAWINGS. SEE "V" SHEETS.
3. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ADDITIONAL WIRING BETWEEN
TERMINAL POINT LBT6 AND FACTORY MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR AS SHOWN.
FACTORY MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR SHALL REMAIN.
FIL COP,
r- - - - - - - -
THESE PLANS ND ALL PROPOSED WORK
I
AND SUBJECT TO ANY CORRECTIONS I r
REQUIRED B FIELD INSPECTORS THATMAY BE NECESSARY IN ORDER TO _ _ I _ _ ' _'
COMPLY WIT ALL APPLICABLE CODES. i I _ I I-
r------------
l i I I I
1 I i i I-1 --
ROOM THERMOSTAT I I _ _
HONEYWELL TB8220U i I I
COMMERICAL VISIONPRO 8000
THERMOTSTAT
PRESEDENT/VOAYAGER
ROOTOP UNIT
W/ HUMIDITROL
W/GLOBAL ECONOMIZER
RTRM MODULE
CONVENTIONAL
I I I I I I I
I I I
r- --— Y2 Rc
I
I ® L R
® A W --- J I I v
Y --- --� --I--J I I
r l-- --- w2 I I I I
I I `
I I �SL2 I C ——— — ———-
I I
I I I I
t L-------------————— ——————————— —— ——-
' I
L-------------- -- --------------- -- - - - - -
J
I I
I '
�----------- ---------------1 I
�-------1 r----- - - - - -
� I
I
I
1
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I I
L-- -- - - - - -- - - - - -
J
20K OHM
AVE.
SENSOR
AVERAGING
(T7770A3002)
20K OHM
AVE.
SENSOR
20K OHM
SPACE
SENSOR
VERIFY TERMINAL POINTS
WITH MANUFACTURERS SHOP
DRAWINGS
LOCATED IN FRONT OF
UNIT CONTROL BOX
NTLB
0 12 013
Q> 14 015
2> 16 017
1 1s 1s
SINGLE HUMIDITY
(T7770A1006) SENSOR
(BAYSENSO36A)
2#12, 1 #12GND. 3/4"C.
NOTES:
Oj -REQUIRED THERMOSTAT SETTINGS
INSTALLER
SETUP Y&-UE. QESCSIPT4N
0170 8 1H/iC
0175 1 OCC/UNOCC
® -TWO TWISTED PAIR 18 GA. SHEILDED CABLES
REQUIRED.
® -CUT BACK AND TAPE THE SHIELDING AT
SENSOR.
4 -GROUND SHEILDED PAIR AT THE CONTROLER
5 -THERMOSTAT SENSOR WIRES MUST HAVE A
CABLE SEPERATE FROM THE THERMOSTAT
CONTR aL CABLE
41
aP
A
0 0 0
tam �a
0
12 63',F-� gwS- w
apB Re=wLLq��yg�
IW2F
g3SO F� 1/1Sy�'
G R'��1=-
Fy F®_w�
q
2pngF5F'm
a<�mo�F-K�615
agoW6
U O
prUp,U,_�jw OK pgZ ��7��Wrn
IN
SO R'U�CdOFF
UIF U 0a: CG
US F36FEQz3Vigw
i® 6
wZ
/,aZ A ffiie
1� ai �yZ3
O NV U O G� O ZiI
80
�n
o�
o
LLI z
O
L) ^
a rJ
1- U `t
CR217E Uir
® J
Wv
C 6)
IL
J J Ll
93
Revisions
THRU ADDENDUM "A"
1/20/06
PROJECT DATE
3/28/08
DRAWN BY
FHJ
CHECKED BY
RAM/NRT
Sheet No.
E
Z:\2005\05125 - GC Port St. Lucie, FL\EBAA.dwg Apr 2, 2008-11:23am
Project No.05125.00
HOOD INFORMATION
HOOD
NO.
MODEL
LENGTH
MAX.
COOKING
TEMP.
EXHAUST PLENUM
SUPPLY PLENUM
H013D
CONSTRUCTIUN
HGOD CUNFIG.
TOTAL
EXH, CFM
RISERS)
TOTAL
SUP. CFM
R(S)
END TU
END
ROW
WIDTH
LENG,
I DIA.
CFM
S.P.
WIDTHILENG.1
DIA,
CFM
S.P.
1
4824
D-2-PSP-
9' 0,00'Non,
9' 0.00.01)
450
Deg.
1575
12'
12'
1575
-0.363
1300
430 SS
Where Exposed
LEFT
FRONT
2
4824
0-2-PSP-
9' 0.00'Non,
9' 0.00.OD
450
Deg.
1575
12'
12'
1575
-0.363
1350
430 SS
Where Exposed
RIGHT
FRONT
3
4824
D-2-PSP-
5. 0.00'Non.
5' 0.00'OD
600
Deg.
1000
10'
10,
1000
-0.303
620
430 SS
Where Exposed
ALONE
FRONT
4
5424
D-2-PSP-
11' 6.00'Non.
I1' 6,00'OD
450
Deg,
2012
12'
16'
2012
-0.405
1509
304 SS
Where Exposed
ALONE
FRONT
5
4824
D-2-PSP-
7' 0.00'Non.
7' 0.00.OD
450
Deg.
1225
10,
11'
1225
-0.328
920
430 SS
Where Exposed
ALONE
FRONT
6
4824
HB-G-PSP-
9' O.DO'Non.
9' 0,00'OD
700
Deg.
1350
675
-0.084
675
304 SS
100%ALONE
FRONT
675
-0,084
74824
VHB-PSP-F
4' 0.00'Nom
4' 0.00'OD
700
Deg,
400
400
-0.040
340
430 SSALONE
100%B
FRONT
i2j1122,
5430
D-2-PSP-
11' 0,00'Non.
11' 0.00.OD
6D0
Deg.
3300
12,
3300
-1,346
1980
430 SS
Where Exposed
ALONE
FRONT
Hnon TATFoPmATroAT
FILTER(S)
LIGHTS)
UTILITY CABINETS)
FIRE
HOOD
NO.
TYPE
QTY
HEIGHT
LENGTH
QTY
TYPE
WIRE
GUARD
LOCATION
TYPE
SIZE
ELECTRICAL
MODEL #
SWITCHES
QUANTITY
LOCATION
PIPING
WEIGHT
I
SS Baffle with Handles
3
16'
16'
6
Incandescent Light Fix
NO
Left
Ansul R102
3.0/3.0/1.5
4 Light
1 Fan 1 other
Outside
YES
371
LBS.
3
16'
20,
2
SS Baffle with Handles es
16'
16'
6
Incandescent Light Fix
NO
YES
346
LBS.
3
16'
20,
3
SS Baffle with Handles
3
16'
20'
2
Incandescent Light Fix
NO
YES
308
LBS.
4
SS Baffle with Handles
1
16'
16'
8
Incandescent Light Fix
NO
YES
596
LBS.
6
l6'
20'
5
SS Baffle with Handles
4
16'
16'
4
Incandescent Light Fix
NO
YES
300
LBS.
1
16'
20,
6
3
Incandescent Light Fix
NO
NO
309
LBS,
7
4
Incandescent Light Fix
NO
NO
198
LBS.
8
Stainless Steel (High E
2
20'
16'
11
Incandescent Light Fix
NO
YES
776
LBS.
5
20'
20'
PERFORATED SUPPLY PLENUM(S)
HOOD
NO
POS.
LENGTH
WIDTH
HEIGHT
1
RISER(S)
WIDTH
LENG.
DIA.
CFM
S.P.
1
Front
128'
12'
6'
8'
24'
650
0.085'
8'
24'
650
0.085'
2 Front 108' 12' 6'
8'
24'
675
0,106'
8'
24'
675
0.106'
3
Front
60'
12'
1 6'
B.
24'
620
0.078'
4
1 1 Front
138'
1 1 12'
1 6'
8'
26'
754
0.104'
8'
26'
754
0.104'
5
1 Front
84'
12'
6'
8'
36'
920
0.095'
6
Front
108'
12'
6'
8'
24'
337
0.029'
8'
24'
337
0.029'
7
Front
48'
12'
6'
8'
24'
340
0.029'
B
Front
138'
12'
6'
8'
36'
990
0.126'
8'
36'
990
0,126'
SECTION VIEW - MODEL 5424-ND-2 with PSP Accessory
(ROTISSERIE/STEAMER)
HOOD OPTIONS
HOOD
NO.
OPTION
I
BACKSPLASH 48.00'
High
X 128.00' Long
430 SS
2
BACKSPLASH 48,00'
High
X 108.00' Long
430 SS
RIGHT SIDESPLASH
48.00'
High X 48.00' Long 430 SS
3
BACKSPLASH 60.00'
High
X 60.00' Long
430 SS
4
BACKSPLASH 48.00'
High
X 138.00' Long
304 SS
LEFT SIDESPLASH
48.00'
High X 20,00' Long
304 SS
5
BACKSPLASH 48.DO'
High
X 84.00' Long
430 SS
LEFT SIDESPLASH
48,00'
High X 48.00' Long
430 SS
8
FIELD WRAPPER
18.00'
High Left, Right,
Back
FIELD WRAPPER
18.00'
High Front
LEFT END STANDOFF (FINISHED) 3' Wide
RIGHT END STANDOFF (FINISHED) 3' Wide
BACK STANDOFF (FLAT) 3'
Wide
FINISHED BACK - GROUND/POLISH 132,00' Long
ITIONAL DAMPER-
OLUME ONLY OR
IRE/VOLUME ASSEMBLY
VOLUME ONLY DAMPER
HEIGHT = 2.75'
STAINLESS STEEL-
WALLSPLASH
23.5% OPEN
'AINLESS STEEL
RFORATED PANEL
NON-COMBUSTIBLE WALL
u
FINISH BACK OF CABINET
SHORTER CABINET DOOR^
TO AVOID INTERFERENCE
WITH CEILING GRID
4E
STAINLESS
lE
SWITCHES -
STAINLESS STEEL
BACKSPLASH-�
STAINLESS STEEL -
J
RP 11,00'
ZI�I J
L�
L,��.J
L12oo•J
00'
48A
U.L Usted Incandescent Light
I.I.L. Listed Incandescent Light
Hood #1
Hood #2
Utility
Cabinet
as
fog,
F-
F-
IM3 L-
6.00, 6,00' CID
130 L- 6.00, {� 6.00'®
I
i
24.00' 24JOV
24.00' I 24.00'
54.00' I 54.00'
54.00' -'^ 54.00'
32.00'
58.00' 38.00'
36.00' -1- 45.00' -- 27.00'
�n nn•
a• nnn•u,... io• ncn•nn
a' mnn'Nnn./9' mwnn
PLAN VIEW - 9' 0 00" LONG 4824ND-2-PSP-F
(MAIN COOK LINE)
SECTION rr ,r with PSP Accu2gl
COOK LINE)
0
UL. Lsted Incandescent light
Hood #4
® 1�_ .rtrulunnnnlrm,� �.no LT-;;;nlnllllunim,,,�6.Do E�
36.1' 36Ap'
36.00' 1 102.00'
34.50' '1' 68.00' 35.50'
11' 6.00'Noh./Il' 6.50'OD
PLAN VIEW- 11' 6,00" LONG 54R4ND-2-PSP-F
(ROTISSERIE/STEAMER)
1'A1(TJ' L/J'T (J'fi/YL'CL LUUJ'C'f
1. 64 - 12'0' LONG PIECES OF 1/2' DIA, ALL THREAD ROD
2. 256 - 112' HEAVY DUTY NUTS
3. 64 - 6' LONG PRE➢RILLED ANGLE IRONS
;, r rr r, ,r
COOK LINE)
PTIONAL DAMPER-
OLUME ONLY OR
IRE/VOLUME ASSEMBLY
VOLUME ONLY DAMPER
HEIGHT = 2,75'
23,5% OPEN
'AIMLESS STEEL
RFORATED PANEL
'--NON-COMBUSTIBLE WALL
� STAINLESS STEEL
WALLSPLASH
0'
0•
THESE PLANS AND AL} PROPOSED WORK
AND SUBJECT TO ACV
REQUIRED BY FIELD NSP CORRECTIONSR
MAY BE NECESSAO YC IN ORDER To
COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES.
,HA1VG11VU AIVULK Uff7AIL
1/2' DIA, ALL THREAD ROD
CONNECTED TO ROOF JOIST
STEEL HANGING ANGLE
THROUGH ANOTHER
HANGING ANGLE
`I/2' DIA. HEAVY DUTY NUT
IUI// AND WASHER - LINE ABOVE
AND ONE BELOW HANGING ANGLE
ROD, NUTS, AND WASHERS TO BE SUPPLIED BY INSTALLING CONTRACTOR
HANGING ANGLE IS PRE -PUNCHED AT FACTORY
L� 10 W C�1
10.
NON-COMBUSTIBLE WALL L_]4
Lll.00'J
STAINLESS STEEL
WALLSPLASH 48.
UL Listed Incandescent Light
Hood #5
C37
CAPTIVE-AIRE HOODS ARE
BUILT IN COMPLIANCE WITH
a
NFPA #96
NSF
UL 710 & ULC710 STANDARDS
E,T.L, LISTED 3054804-001
THIS DRAWING IS PROVIDED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. HOOD
CONTRACTOR SHALL SELECT AND CERTIFY ALL
EXHAUST/M.U. AIR FANS. ALL SYSTEMS SHALL MEET ALL
APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF STATE AND LOCAL CODES
AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS AS SHOWN IN DESIGN DRAWINGS.
1#e
7' 0,00'Non./7' 0.50'OD
PLAN VIEW - 7' 0.00" LONG 4824ND-2-PSP-F
(IMPINGER PIZZA OVEN)
STAINLESS STEEL
-loopIoo
C
48.00' Hood #3
UL Llsted I� ande I LLIIph\t Fix
I2.00' #.oa�
CID L_ 6100, CID
5' 0.00'Non./5'
0.0
(PAGODA)
EX
HAUST RISER
10OW VAPORPROOF
INCANDESCENT LIGHT OPTIONAL DAMPER -
HANGING ANGLE VOLUME ONLY OR
4. FIRE/VOLUME ASSEMBLY
4.5'w w VOLUME ONLY DAMPER
3' STANDOFF HEIGHT = 2,75'
6'
12' �
24' NOM
16' U.L CLASSIFIED
BAFFLE -TYPE 23,5% OPEN
GREASE FILTERS STAINLESS STEEL
PERFORATED PANEL
3
GREASE DRAIN
WITH REMOVABLE CUP
78'
EQUIPMENT
BY OTHERS
SECTION VIEW - MODEL 4824-ND-2 with PSP Accessory
(SAUTE')
FILE U01
T
EXHAUST RISER
100W VAPORPROOF
INCANDESCENT LIGHT OPTIONAL DAMPER -
HANGING ANGLE
VOLUME ONLY OR
q' FIRE/VOLUME ASSEMBLY
4.5'w w VOLUME ONLY DAMPER
3' STANDOFF
HEIGHT = 2.75'
6'
12'
24' MOM
16" U.L. CLASSIFIED
BAFFLE -TYPE 23.5% OPEN
GREASE FILTERS STAINLESS STEEL
PERFORATED PANEL
3
GREASE DRAIN
WITH REMOVABLE CUP
EQUIPMENT
BY OTHERS
33' MIN
48' MAX
78' TYP,
SECTION VIEW - MODEL 4824-ND-2 with PSP Accessonl
(IMPINGER PIZZA OVEN)
JOB GOLDEN CORRAL - PORT ST. LUCIE FL
- ---_ _- LOCATION PORT ST, LUCIE FL
�
m m m Ar= = = DATE 09/15/06 JOB #
=== == DWG # GCPSTLUCIEFLI DRAWN BY CRC
REV. 1,00 SCALE 1/2 IN = 1 FT
�Wr�s€a gWz ,
0 5
i�u�oip�w���N
UO� W2I,{
OW00a00
3F
€iozumWowZW�a
266 o�ja� w
ozg0�
Uz T U
�N m�pp,,�OzwU�D:O
-jyf <Df o<oz wZzz
F�OaK��iw
fffip
gi Woxoiu< Wm
W W V W< d a< 4 < f W
�a�n�v�i�Uo?ooi�
00
°D n
n
ow
_0
(_
U_
W
Q
r J
b bE
(PO
p :D 0-
QC
= O �
C
O •O
W 0
V'J
Revisions
THRU ADDENDUM "A"
1/20/06
3QU WIE TO MIMIT SIMMAM 7/211/111
QCITY COMMENTS 1/5/09
PROJECT DATE
04/02/08
DRAWN BY
CRC
CHECKED BY
Sheet No.
V1
G \LUUD\VDILD\VIAAK4.OWg Jan o, ZUU`J-1U:Zt5am
No7 05
4E
1£
00'
DRAIN
24,00' 24.0'
1
012.00' 012.00'
Hood #6 UL. Llsted Incandescent Llpht
00,
#.00'
® L
8A0'
6.0 1
24.00• 1 f i 24.00•
12.00' i 84.00' I 12.00'
27.00' 1 54,00• -1- 27.00'
o' n nn•u.,m ia• n swnn
PLAN VIEW - 9' 0.00" LONG 4824VHB-G-PSP-F
(DISHWASHER)
HANGING ANGLE
SECTION VIEW - MODEL 4824-VHB-G-PSP-F
(DISHWASHER)
im..7
C
1
CUSTOMER SI➢E
UL, Listed Incandescent Light
Hood #8
6.00,
11' 0.00'Non./IL' 0.00'111)
PLAN VIEW - 11' 0.00" LONG 5430ND-PSP-F
(CUSTOM COOKING)
COOK SIDE
r-
o
6.00• =
3.00'
ILUME ASSEMBLY
23.5% OPEN
PAINLESS STEEL
RFORATED PANEL
HANGING ANGLE
DOF
JGHT
MPER
23.5X OPEN
PAINLESS STEEL
RFORATED PANEL
SECTION VIEW - MODEL 4824-VHB-PSP-F with 12" PSP Accessoru
(BAKERY)
RISER
HANGING ANGLE
0' U.L. CLASSIFIED
BAFFLE -TYPE
GREASE FILTERS
GREASE DRAIN
WITH REMOVABLE CUP
GLASS
6'-8'
CUSTOMER SIDE
EQUIPMENT
BY OTHERS
VAPORPROOF
I
33' MIN
40' MAX
78'
COOK SIDE
SECTION VIEW - MODEL 5430-ND-2 with PSP Acce:
(CUSTOM COOKING)
UMr I I V L-H1RL PILILILJ HILL
BUILT IN COMPLIANCE WITH
G
NFPA #96
NSF
UL 710 & ULC710 STANDARDS
E.T.L. LISTED 3054804-001
THESE PLANS AND
AND SUBJECT To
REQUIRED BY FIEL
MAY BE NECESE
COMPLY WITH ALL
OPTIONAL DAMPER,
VOLUME ONLY OR
FIRE/VOLUME ASSEMBLY
■ VOLUME ONLY DAMPER
HEIGHT - 2.75'
23.5% OPEN
STAINLESS STEEL
PERFORATED PANEL
u
Hood #jj0:7
�..1I pp L
U.L. Listed In,10" escent Light Fix
ll
6.4=
4' 0.00'Non./4' 0.00'OD
PLAN VIEW - Hood 47 - 4' 000" LONG 4824VHA-Pap-1
(BAKERY)
iLL PROPOSED WORK
%NY CORRECTIONS
) INSPECTORS THAT
1RY IN ORDER TO
lPPLICABLE CODES,
K'12F�,Xz �pWSam
��Uacoirc�N€'3�PNi
o <§€<affi— i6Qgo
ow iaza$w �WFm
=�g�w
arc
U�' N z W z w O
F W U F WW S WS
D_SSSU OO Uy.p CZIG~F
UT wy�O3Q O2a<62a5O
(/1 (J J 41Z 8
'30fn�O Kxzu; n z
<K 2000fy ,r,.
«y1W NZ3 =00
RJ NFa '✓'Fw W'Z
TF fnf.
WK4iKWIQ-app OKO 3KOW
�F a.Oa. U UO?o0z -
8:
,d�
o�
Q
O
i�
ui
T
W2
FILE COP
o
WW
J J L.
0
SEE
��BL/ES
JOB GOLDEN CORRAL — PORT ST, LUCIE FL
LOCATION PORT ST, LUCIE FL
DATE 09/15/06 J'OB #
DWG # GCPSTLUCIEFL2 DRAWN BY CRC
REV. 07/23/08 CRC SCALE 1/2 IN = 1 FT
F,
Revisions
THRU ADDENDUM "A"
Ana
/3\na 10 CLmi SiNDUIDS 1/28/oi
PROJECT DATE
04/02/08
DRAWN BY
CRC
CHECKED BY
,\I min9\.4--\Onnr\nri 9r, — rn 0..h cl I .,;- CI \ V9A A07 A-- LJ oa onna_l. Ar..,...
THIS DRAWING IS PROVIDED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. HOOD
CONTRACTOR SHALL SELECT AND CERTIFY ALL
EXHAUST/M.U. AIR FANS. ALL SYSTEMS SHALL MEET ALL
APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF STATE AND LOCAL CODES
AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS AS SHOWN IN DESIGN DRAWINGS.
Sheet No.
`
Y2
Project No.05125.00
ANSUL PULL STATION DETAIL
Ile CONDUIT STRAIGHT UP
TO ABOVE CEILDIG LINE, NO
OFFSETS OR BENS
4' STANDARD ELECTRICAL
OCTAGON BOX
PILL
5' ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR
OR IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL
CODE
SCREW HOLES AT 2 O'CLOCK
AND 8 O'CLOCK
AFF.
NOTE,
HEIGHT OF PULL STATION! SHOULD BE DETERMINED
IN ACCORDANCE WITH AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION
r— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — -1
HOOD # I
HOOD # 2
Job #1 4
Job Name, GOLDEN
CORRAL
- 11M70 LEFT T/U
I
Drawn by1,
15•
I'
15'
System Size, ANSUL-3,0/3.0/1.5
Total FP "tAIred1 25
u'
Hood # 1 9' 0'
Riser # 1 Size,
Long
12'
x 48'
12'
Wide x 24' HI9h
.I.
I_ —
Hood # 2 9' 0'
Riser # 1 Sfze1
x
Long
12' x
x 48'
12'
Wide x 24' High
L
Hood # 3 4' 0'
Long
x 48'
Wide x 24' High
...........
. ............. .
Riser # 1 SIze1
8' x
8'
— — — — — — -- — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — ---1
1V 2W I I
® —�-- ® ---- .—
® --
O®s ® --
® 5 6 7 IN 1N
O 10 1
-108.00' 33.00° 40.00' 18.00' 17.00'
3N
230
NOTE. THERE ARE 3N
Oven F MC -1 am HO
S 3N DROPS H13IND
38.00' L x36.00- D �. THE ONES SWN
High Proximity I oorc I 'oar 3N HERE 3N
0
a XY d X�
JE J
0 ox
X Y X
i
goa goa
TnWe a o a P
26.00' L x24.00' D aoA MC oon r 0
No Proximity Rating %°vlv o 01in vo
a
_aNE EqR ¢aIE Eo-
E,mX NNNT LNX X
\xLaL xY \XL axa
jJa a.lE 3J2 �f
I1 o Wo it I o ® ODG
wm4 �a ymx x*L
I I W z L
FIRE EXTINGUISHERS,
2 - 10# BC KITCHEN
3 - 10# ABC DINING AREA
THE ABOVE MENTIONED FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
ARE INCLUDED IN THE PACKAGE PROVIDED
BY DISTRIBUTOR FOR EVERY LOCATION.
QUANTITIES MAY VARY PER LOCAL CODE
REQUIREMENTS.
DISTRIBUTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR MOUNT-
ING FIRE EXTINGUISHERS ON WALLS,
x
aim
Range-Med
36.00' L x24.00' D
Medium Proximity
NOTES
- FIELD PIPE DROPS AS SHOWN
SLEEVING, ELBOWS, TEES, AND NOZZLES SUPPLIED BY CAS
- RELOCATE NOZZLES IF FLOW PATTERN IS BLOCKED BY SHELVING,
SALAMANDERS, ETC,
- MAXIMUM 9 ELBOWS IN SUPPLY LINE.
- MINIMUM 72 INCHES OF AGENT LINE FROM TANK TO FIRST NOZZLE.
- IF APPLICABLE, PRE -PIPED CHARBROILER DROPS ARE SHIPPED LOOSE.
- FACTORY PIPING EXTENDS A MAXIMUM OF 6' ABOVE THE TOP OF THE HOOD.
- APPLIANCE DIMENSIONS LISTED REPRESENT THE COOKING SURFACE
SIZE, NOT THE OVERALL APPLIANCE SIZE.
THIS FIRE SYSTEM COMPLIES WITH U.L. 300 REQUIREMENTS
FACTORY CONNECTIONS
MELD CONNECTIONS
THESE PLANS AND ALI, PROPOSED WORK
AND SUBJECT TO ANY CORRECTIONS
REQUIRED BY FIELD INSPECTORS THAT
MAY BE NECESSARY IN ORDER TO
COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES..
LEGEND - FIRE CABINET ANSUL SYSTEM
1A 1.5 GALLON TANK
1B 3 GALLON TANK
2 OEM AUTOMAN RELEASE
3 OEM REGULATED RELEASE
4 OEM REGULATED ACTUATOR
5 ANSULEX LIQUID AGENT (3 GAL.)
6 ANSULEX LIQUID AGENT (1.5 GAL.)
7 CARTRIDGE (101-20)
8 CARTRIDGE (101-10)
9 CARTRIDGE (101-30)
9A CARTRIDGE (LT-A-101-30)
9B DOUBLE TANK CARTRIDGE
10 TEST LINK
11 DOUBLE MICROSWITCH
12 HOSE ASSEMBLY
1100 DUCT NOZZLE (430913)
2W DUCT NOZZLE (419337)
1W NOZZLE ASSEMBLY (419336)
1F NOZZLE ASSEMBLY (419333)
1N NOZZLE ASSEMBLY (419335)
1/2N NOZZLE ASSEMBLY (419334)
3N NOZZLE ASSEMBLY <419338)
245 NOZZLE ASSEMBLY (419340)
230 NOZZLE ASSEMBLY (419339)
2120 NOZZLE ASSEMBLY (419343)
290 NOZZLE ASSEMBLY (419342)
260 NOZZLE ASSEMBLY (419341)
28 DETECTOR BRACKET
29 LOW TEMP FUSIBLE LINK
30 HIGH TEMP FUSIBLE LINK
MGV MECHANICAL GAS VALVE
EGV ELECTRICAL GAS VALVE
34 REMOTE MANUAL PULL STATION
S SWIVEL ADAPTOR
REV.
FILE (AW)II
1.00
121-' 3W, W
� o
�zpgZcFWifaWag RR
mF�ogSNw
=iZ-��
6583i.dIK�� yGGRl77 �oWoOY , K W iN oey Rog
vv�i iX
yql I- Hal��<mw
�F'a �u Ft�$o3ooz�
Revision
THRU ADDENDUM "A"
1/20/06
PROJECT DATE
3/28/08
DRAWN BY
CRC
CHECKED BY
Z:\2005\05125 - GC Port St. Lucie, FL\V3AA.dwg Apr 4, 2008-1:31pm
THIS DRAWING IS PROVIDED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. HOOD
CONTRACTOR SHALL SELECT AND CERTIFY ALL
EXHAUST/M.U. AIR FANS. ALL SYSTEMS SHALL MEET ALL
APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF STATE AND LOCAL CODES
AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS AS SHOWN IN DESIGN DRAWINGS.
Sheet No.
V3
Project No.05125.00
1 15'
HOOD # 5
I — —
2
® 1D u
11'
In
:Pin LPx3000 Oven
High Proximity
115' . .............. .I . ... ...... . 15,
I
HOOD # 8
6 INCHES
IS
IS
BELOW HOOD
as R36I00{LC -
s Radiant31 x2400 RDr
3600 "L
x24r0011Dr
L
x24.00'fD
High Proximity
High Proximity
High Proximity
Job #1 Q
Job Name, GOLDEN CORRAL - 11M.7.0 LEFT T/U
Drawn byy
System SIze, ANSUL-15 Total. FP required, 4
Hood # 5 7' 0' Long x 48' Wide x 24' High
Riser # 1 Size i 10' x 11'
NOTES
- FIELD PIPE DROPS AS SHOWN
SLEEVING, ELBOWS, TEES, AND NOZZLES SUPPLIED BY CAS
- RELOCATE NOZZLES IF FLOW PATTERN IS BLOCKED BY SHELVING,
SALAMANDERS, ETC.
- MAXIMUM 9 ELBOWS IN SUPPLY LINE.
- MINIMUM 72 INCHES OF AGENT LINE FROM TANK TO FIRST NOZZLE.
- IF APPLICABLE, PRE -PIPED CHARBROILER DROPS ARE SHIPPED LOOSE.
- FACTORY PIPING EXTENDS A MAXIMUM OF 6' ABOVE THE TOP OF THE HOOD.
- APPLIANCE DIMENSIONS LISTED REPRESENT THE COOKING SURFACE
SIZE, NOT THE OVERALL APPLIANCE SIZE.
THIS FIRE SYSTEM COMPLIES WITH U.L. 300 REQUIREMENTS
FACTORY CONNECTIONS
FIELD CONNECTIONS
Is-
1r
1511
— — — — — — —I
LEGEND - FIRE CABINET ANSUL SYSTEM
IA 1.5 GALLON TANK
1B 3 GALLON TANK
2 OEM AUTOMAN RELEASE
3 OEM REGULATED RELEASE
4 OEM REGULATED ACTUATOR
5 ANSULEX LIQUID AGENT (3 GAL.)
6 ANSULEX LIQUID AGENT (1.5 GAL.)
7 CARTRIDGE (101-20)
8 CARTRIDGE (101-10)
9 CARTRIDGE (101-30)
9A CARTRIDGE (LT-A-101-30)
9B DOUBLE TANK CARTRIDGE
10 TEST LINK
11 DOUBLE MICROSWITCH
12 HOSE ASSEMBLY
1100 DUCT NOZZLE (430913)
2W DUCT NOZZLE (419337)
1W NOZZLE ASSEMBLY (419336)
IF NOZZLE ASSEMBLY (419333)
IN NOZZLE ASSEMBLY (419335)
1/2N NOZZLE ASSEMBLY (419334)
3N NOZZLE ASSEMBLY (419338)
245 NOZZLE ASSEMBLY (419340)
230 NOZZLE ASSEMBLY (419339)
2120 NOZZLE ASSEMBLY <419343)
290 NOZZLE ASSEMBLY (419342)
260 NOZZLE ASSEMBLY (419341)
28 DETECTOR BRACKET
29 LOW TEMP FUSIBLE LINK
30 HIGH TEMP FUSIBLE LINK
MGV MECHANICAL GAS VALVE
EGV ELECTRICAL GAS VALVE
34 REMOTE MANUAL PULL STATION
S SWIVEL ADAPTOR
THESE PLANS AND,
AND SUBJECT TO
REQUIRED BY`FIEL
MAY BE NECESS
COMPLY WITH ALL
Job #1 Q
Job Name, GOLDEN CORRAL - 11M.7.0 LEFT T/U
Drawn byye
System
Size
-
tat
Hood #
8 11' 0'
Long
x 54' Wide x 30' Igh
Riser #
1 Sizet
12' x
26'
Hood #
4 11' 6'
Long
x 48' Wide x 24' High
Riser #
1 Size,
10' x
19'
ANSUL PULL STATION DETAIL
Ile CONDUIT STRAIGHT UP
TO ABOVE CEILING LINE, NO
OFFSETS OR BEND
4' STANDARD ELECTRICAL
OCTAGON BOX
5' ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR
OR IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL
CODE.
SCREW HOLES AT 2 O'CLOCK
AND B O'cLmc
AF.F.
INACURDMANMELVITH
STATION SHOULD BE DETERMINED
AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION.
L PROPOSED WORK
VY CORRECTIONS
INSPECTORS FILE
!Y IN ORDER TOO
TLICABLE CODES.
NOTES
- FIELD PIPE DROPS AS SHOWN
SLEEVING, ELBOWS, TEES, AND NOZZLES SUPPLIED BY CAS
- RELOCATE NOZZLES IF FLOW PATTERN IS BLOCKED BY SHELVING,
SALAMANDERS, ETC.
- MAXIMUM 9 ELBOWS IN SUPPLY LINE.
- MINIMUM 72 INCHES OF AGENT LINE FROM TANK TO FIRST NOZZLE.
- IF APPLICABLE, PRE -PIPED CHARBROILER DROPS ARE SHIPPED LOOSE.
- FACTORY PIPING EXTENDS A MAXIMUM OF 6' ABOVE THE TOP OF THE HOOD.
- APPLIANCE DIMENSIONS LISTED REPRESENT THE COOKING SURFACE
SIZE, NOT THE OVERALL APPLIANCE SIZE.
THIS FIRE SYSTEM COMPLIES WITH U.L. 300 REQUIREMENTS
011
FACTORY CONNECTIONS
FIELD CONNECTIONS
THIS DRAWING IS PROVIDED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. HOOD
CONTRACTOR SHALL SELECT AND CERTIFY ALL
EXHAUST/M.U. AIR FANS. ALL SYSTEMS SHALL MEET ALL
APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF STATE AND LOCAL CODES
AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS AS SHOWN IN DESIGN DRAWINGS.
GEND - WALL MOUNTED ANSUL SYSTEM
IA 1.5 GALLON TANK
1B 3.0 GALLON TANK
2 OEM AUTOMAN RELEASE
3 3 GALLDN TANK ENCLOSURE
3A 6 GALLON TANK ENCLOSURE
4 OEM REGULATED ACTUATOR
5 ANSULEX LIQUID AGENT (3 GAL.)
6 ANSULEX LIQUID AGENT (15 GAL.)
7 CARTRIDGE (101-20)
8 CARTRIDGE (101-10)
9 CARTRIDGE (101-30)
9A CARTRIDGE (LT-A-101-30)
9B DOUBLE TANK CARTRIDGE
10 TEST LINK
11 DOUBLE MICROSWITCH
2W DUCT NOZZLE (419337)
1100 DUCT NOZZLE (430913)
1W NOZZLE ASSEMBLY (419336)
1F NOZZLE ASSEMBLY (419333)
1N NOZZLE ASSEMBLY (419335)
1/2N NOZZLE ASSEMBLY (419334)
3N NOZZLE ASSEMBLY (419338)
245 NOZZLE ASSEMBLY (419340)
230 NOZZLE ASSEMBLY (419339)
2120 NOZZLE ASSEMBLY (419343)
290 NOZZLE ASSEMBLY (419342)
260 NOZZLE ASSEMBLY (419341)
28 DETECTOR BRACKET
29 LOW TEMP FUSIBLE LINK
30 HIGH TEMP FUSIBLE LINK
MGV MECHANICAL GAS VALVE
EGV ELECTRICAL GAS VALVE
34 REMOTE MANUAL PULL STATION
S SWIVEL ADAPTOR
ANSUL PULL STATION DETAIL
112' CONDUIT STRAIGHT UP
TO ABOVE CEILING LINE, NO
OFFSETS OR BEND
4' STANDARD ELECTRICAL
OCTAGON BOX
1.M
5' ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR
OR IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL
CODE.
SCREW HOLES AT 2 O'CLOCK
AND 8 O'CLOCK
AF.F.
NOTE,
HEIGHT OF PULL STATION SHOULD BE DETERMINED
IN ACCORDANCE WITH AUTHORITY HAVING JU2ISDICTDR,
JOB GOLDEN CORRAL - PORT ST. LUCIE FL
LOCATION PORT ST, LUCIE FL _
DATE 09/15/06 JOB #
DWG # GCPSTLUCIEFL4 DRAWN BY CRC
REV. 1100 SCALE NOT TO SCALE
W
F
tl�Gl<
0p6pyyuluyI
NR.8W
Z N N W
a�
Z' TWtl
Z
W a
I Revisions
THRU ADDENDUM "A"
1/20/06
rPROJECTDATE
Z:\2005\05125 - GC Port St. Lucie, FL\V4AA.dwg Apr 4, 2008-1:32pm
Proiect No.05125.00
FAN
EXHAUST FAN
SUPPLY FAN
UNIT
FAN UNIT MODEL #
NO.
MODEL
TAG
CFM
S.P. I
RPM
H.P.
0
VOLT
FLA
BLOWER
HOUSING
TAG
CFM
S.P.
RPM
H.P.
0
VOLT
FLA
I
NCAI4FA
NCAI4FA
1575
- 0.500
905
0.500
1
115
8.0
EF-1
2
NCAI4FA
NCAI4FA
1575
- 0.500
905
0.500
1
115
8.0
EF-2
3
DU50HFA
DU50HFA
1000
- 0,500
1101
0,500
1
115
8.1
EF-3
4
NCA14FA
NCA14FA
2012
- 0.600
1067
0.750
1
115
12.0
EF-4
5
NEF15A
NCAIOFA
1225
- 0.500
1056
0.250
1
OU50HFA
➢U50HFA
1350
-0,500
1298
0,500
1
EF-67
CFA1500CA
CFA1500CA
750
- 0,250
600
0.333
1
11154,96
TOILET
B
NCA24HPFA
NCA24HPFA
3300
- 1.500
925
1.500
3
EF-8
9
DU33HFA
DU33HFA
400
- 0.500
1099
0.333
1
EF-9
NO.
ON
ITEM
SIZE
1
# 1
Curb 2
3.000'W x 23.000'L x 20,000'H
0.250,12.000 Pitch
Vented
Hinged
2
# 2
Curb E
3,000'W x 23,000'L x 20,000'H
0,250,12.000 Pitch
Vented
Hinged
3
# 3
Curb 1
.500'W x 19,500'L x 20.000'H
0.250,12,000 Pitch
Vented
Hinged
4
# 41
Curb 2
3.000'W x 23.000'L x 20.000'H
0.25042,000 Pitch
Vented
Hinged
5
# 5
Curb 1
.500'W x 19.500'L x 20,000'H
0.250�12.000 Pitch
Vented
Hinged
6
# 6
Curb 1
.500'W x 19.500'1. x 20,000'H
0.25012.000 Pitch
Vented
Hinged
8
# 8
Curb
31.500'W x 31.500'L x 36,000'H 0.250,12,000 Pitch
Vented
9
# 9
Curb 1
.500'V x 19.500'L x 22.000'H
0.250,12.000 Pitch
Vented
Hinged
FAN
OPTION (Qty. - Descr.)
NO,
7
1 - Fan Control - 60 Minute White Time Control
1 - 983L In Line Kit
DUHFA SERIES UPBLAST EXHAUST FANS (UL762)
NCAHPFA SERIES UPBLAST EXHAUST FANS (UL762)
NCAHPFA BELT DRIVE
CENTRIFUGAL UP -BLAST EXHAUST FANS DIMENSIONAL DATA
FEATURES:
- ROOF MOUNTED FANS
- RESTAURANT MODEL
- UL762
- AMCA SOUND AND AIR CERTIFIED
- WIRING FROM MOTOR TO DISCONNECT SWITCH
- WEATHERPROOF DISCONNECT 7-
- HIGH HEAT OPERATION 300-F (149'0
- GREASE CLASSIFICATION TESTING E
NGRMAL TEMPERATURE TEST
EXHAUST FAN MUST OPERATE CONTINUOUSLY
WHILE EXHAUSTING AIR AT 300'F (149'C)
UNTIL ALL FAN PARTS HAVE REACHED
THERMAL EQUILIBRIUM, AND WITHOUT ANY
DETERIORATING EFFECTS TO THE FAN WHICH
WOULD CAUSE UNSAFE OPERATION,
ABNORMAL FLARE-UP TEST
EXHAUST FAN MUST OPERATE CONTINUOUSLY
WHILE EXHAUSTING BURNING GREASE VAPORS
AT 600'F (316'0 FOR A PERIOD OF
15 MINUTES WITHOUT THE FAN BECOMING
DAMAGED TO ANY EXTENT THAT COULD CAUSE
AN UNSAFE CON➢ITION.
GREASE BOX
HINGED FAN
PITCHED CURB
INSULATE➢ CURB
. ..'ORK BETWEEN
EXHAUST RISER ON HOOD
AND FAN (BY OTHERS)
FAN MODEL
HT
W
H
C
F
R
RO
WEIGHT
LH
NCA24HPFA
1 37 1/2
43 3/8
2
33
1 30 5/8
23 7/81
28
1 270
FEATURES:
- ROOF MOUNTED FANS
- RESTAURANT MODEL
- UL762
- VARIABLE SPEED CONTROL
- INTERNAL WIRING
- WEATHERPROOF DISCONNECT
- THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION (SINGLE PHASE)
- HIGH HEAT OPERATION 300•F (149'0
- GREASE CLASSIFICATION TESTING
NORMAL TEMPERATURE TEST
EXHAUST FAN MUST OPERATE CONTINUOUSLY
WHILE EXHAUSTING AIR AT 300'F 049'0
UNTIL ALL FAN PARTS HAVE REACHED
THERMAL EQUILIBRIUM, AND WITHOUT ANY
DETERIORATING EFFECTS TO THE FAN WHICH
WOULD CAUSE UNSAFE OPERATION.
ABNORMAL FLARE-UP TEST
EXHAUST FAN MUST OPERATE CONTINUOUSLY
WHILE EXHAUSTING BURNING GREASE VAPORS
AT 600'F (316•0 FOR A PERIOD OF
15 MINUTES WITHOUT THE FAN BECOMING
DAMAGED TO ANY EXTENT THAT COULD CAUSE
AN UNSAFE CONDITION.
2G
OPTIONS:
GREASE BOX
HINGED FAN
PITCHED CURB
INSULATED CURB
DUCTWORK BETWEEN
EXHAUST RISER ON HOOD
AND FAN (BY OTHERS)
DUH DIRECT DRIVE
CENTRIFUGAL UP -BLAST EXHAUST FANS DIMENSIONAL DATA
FAN MODEL
HT
W
B
C
F
R
RO
WEIGHT
LB
DU33HFA
25 1/4
25 1/2
2
21
18 1/2
12 1/6
17 1/2
50
DU50HFA
27 1/4
28 7/8
2
21
21 1/2
13 1/4
17 1/2
1 55
THIS DRAWING IS PROVIDED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. HOOD
CONTRACTOR SHALL SELECT AND CERTIFY ALL
EXHAUST/M.U. AIR FANS. ALL SYSTEMS SHALL MEET ALL
APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF STATE AND LOCAL CODES
AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS AS SHOWN IN DESIGN DRAWINGS.
THESE PLANS AND ALL F
AND SUBJECT TO ANY
REQUIRED BY FIELD IN
MAY BE NECESSARY
COMPLY WITH ALL APPI
a
:CTORS THAT
ORDER TO
ABLE CODES.
I D
D
VENTED
CURB
20 GAUGE
STEEL
CONSTRUCTION
`-3' FLANGE
/RRIO- ROOF OPENING
RO DIMENSIONS
PITCHED CURBS ARE AVAILABLE 7
FOR PITCHED ROOFS.
30'
SPECIFY PITCH, 12
EXAMPLE- 7/12 PITCH = 30' SLOPE
CURB DIMENSIONAL DATA
FAN MODEL
D
E
DU33HFA
19 1/2
22
DU50HFA
19 1/2
20
—A I —
I
D
D
xc•errLL�m
iavx ovevems
j VENTED
CURB
20 GAUGE
STEEL
CONSTRUCTION
�3' FLANGE
RO ROOF OPENING
RG DIMENSIONS
PITCHED CURBS ARE AVAILABLE 7
FOR PITCHED ROOFS.
30'
SPECIFY PITCH- 12
EXAMPLE, 7/12 PITCH = 30' SLOPE
CURB DIMENSIONAL DATA
FAN MODEL
D
E
NCA24HPFA
31 1/2
20
JOB GOLDEN CORRAL — PORT ST. LUCIE FL
LOCATION PORT ST, LUCIE FL
DATE 09/15/06 JOB #
DWG # GCPSTLUCIEFL5 DRAWN BY CRC
REV. 07/23/08 CRC I SCALE NOT TO SCALE
I 5
�wQ�S�� Kpwi�m
S�r�ziKNw€�U+�
�F''EO W W�63
pwria¢a�W �K�a
<rccu�om�OZ'�oaZ!Z�i
fio Otn �a0 UpON
Ww =E5 wF��Fw SwS
LLStj2 KjpO U' 400�€F
uf�szoL�jup..mK
OLLa JyliWWEmO
�d 06 NU �E O�2F
•
w
•
•
VJ
0
Revisions
THRU ADDENDUM "A'
1/20/06
1 /3\I.PUIE 10 CURRENT STNDW 7/2110 1
PROJECT DATE
04/02/08
DRAWN BY
CRC
CHECKED BY
Sheet No.
V5
ti, a
\\Lm101\draw\2005\05125 — CC Port St. Lucie, FL\V5AAR3.dwg Jul 28, 2008-1:45pm
.m
An
TAIP.A D 11A TIl1\i
MODULAR OUTDOOR DOWN DISCHARGE BLOWER WITH INTAKE HOOD
If— DIM 'A'
DIM 'D'
LIFTING LUG
00
DIM 'R'
DIM M.
�IDI__1 o
DIM 'B' DIM 'L'
L_
DIM 'N'
CURB DISCHARGE
OUTER OPENING
WALL
DIM '— Jf
20 IN HIGH
EQUIPMENT CURB DIM 'G'
All DTMFNSTONS ARF NOMINAL AND GIVEN IN INCHES.
DIM 'C'
36A0' TRUNK LINE
EXTENSION NEEDED
DIM 'E' ►I
AIRFLOW
4—
FLEX CONDUIT
FOR FIELD
WIRING
SERVICE
DISCONNECT
SWITCH
ROOF OPENING 2' SMALLER THEN CURB DIMENSION.
vcvAa v�xAmoa
UNIT DIMENSIONS
DISCHARG OPENING
UNIT INFORMATION
!CFM RAN
MOEL
D
WEIGHT
A
B
C
D E
G
L M
N
R
FILTER SIZE 6 QTY
MIN MAX
I MAX. FILTER VELOCIT
GIB
1525 LBS
14b-1/8
-
-
-
16'x20'x2' (6)
1 3000 I 8000
j 88000 CFM = 762 FPM
STANDARD SERIES DOWN DISCRARCE SUPPLY FANS
a
EXTERNAL SERVICE DISCONNECT
A B __t__ F
T
a
SUPPLY FAN
ELECTRICAL DROP
�G
G
NCAFA SERIES UPBLAST EXHAUST FANS (UL762) arM
FEATURES:
kREASE
- ROOF MOUNTED FANS D- RESTAURANT MODEL D
- UL762
- AMCA SOUND AND AIR CERTIFIED
- WIRING FROM MOTOR TO DISCONNECT SWITCH x� VENTED
- WEATHERPROOF DISCONNECT CURB
- HIGH. HEAT OPERATION 300'F (149'C)- GREASE CLASSIFICATION TESTING E
HTNORMAL TEMPERATURE TEST 20 GAUGE
FEXHAUST FAN MUST OPERATE CONTINUOUSLY STEEL
WHILE EXHAUSTING AIR AT 300'F (149'C) CONSTRUCTION
UNTIL ALL FAN PARTS HAVE REACHED
THERMAL EQUILIBRIUM, AND WITHOUT ANY
DETERIORATING EFFECTS TO THE FAN WHICH 3' FLANGE
WOULD CAUSE UNSAFE OPERATION.
ABNORMAL FLARE-UP TEST
BI A I EXHAUST FAN MUST OPERATE CONTINUOUSLY
WHILE EXHAUSTING BURNING GREASE VAPORS RE] ROOF OPENING
AT 600'F (316'0 FOR A PERIOD OF RO DIMENSIONS
15 MINUTES WITHOUT THE FAN BECOMING
R DAMAGED TO ANY EXTENT THAT COULD CAUSE
G=R+3' 2G AN UNSAFE CONDITION.
RO OPTIONS: PITCHED CURBS ARE AVAILABLE 7
C GREASE BOX FOR PITCHED ROOFS. 30'
HINGED FAN SPECIFY PITCH, 12
PITCHED CURB
INSULATED CURB EXAMPLE. 7/12 PITCH = 30' SLOPE
DUCTWORK BETWEEN
NCAFA BELT DRIVE EXHAUST RISER ON HOOD
CENTRIFUGAL UP -BLAST EXHAUST FANS DIMENSIONAL DATA AND FAN (BY OTHERS) CURB DIMENSIONAL DATA
FAN MODEL
Ht1/430
B
C
F
R
RD
WEIGHT
LB
NCAIOFA
27
2
21
21 1/2
13 1/4
16
120
NCAI4FA
30
2
1 24 3/4
23
14 7/8
20
140
FAN
EXHAUST FAN
I SUPPLY FAN
MODEL
TAG
CFM
S.P.
RPM
H.P.
0
VOLT
FLA
BLOWER
HOUSING
TAG
CFM
S.P.
RPM
H.P.
0
VOLT
FLA
UNIT
FAN UNIT MODEL R
NO
10
A3-GIB
G18
A3
1
1 6680
0.800'
590
3.000
3
208
9.5
SF-1
11
NSAUl-GIO
G10
NSAU.1
1934
0.800'
935
1.000
3
208
3.3
SF-2
nTTDD AQVV"Prrma
NO.
ONN
ITEM
SIZE
10
S 10
Curb
35.000'W x 35.000'L x 20.000'H 0.250,12.000 Pitch
11
s 11
Curb
23,000'W x 23.000'L x 14.000'H 0.250,12.000 Pitch
24.00' TRUNK LINE
EXTENSION NEEDED
44,00' TRUNK LINE
EXTENSION NEEDED
FAN MODEL
D
E
NCA10FA
19 1/2
20
NCAI4FA
23
20
G
BLOWER OUTLET SIZE
IF OPENING
xu W%
RIYM WM/fma
SUPPLY AIR UNIT DIMENSIONAL DATA
BLOWER
A
8
C
D
E
F
FILTER
QTY.
FILTER SIZE
WEIGHT
10'
26
1 32
1 28
3.37
21.75
5.87
2
16' X 20'
210 LBS
�44.00' TRUNK LINE
EX7ENSION NEEDED
GALVANIZED SUPPLY FAN
� FILTER
AIR INTAKE THROUGH FILTER
_L_ E
CURB WITH 20 GA. CONSTRUCTION
3' CONTINUOUS FLASHING
CURB/ROOFTOP DIMENSIONAL DATA
BLOWER
G
H
J
I K
10'
23
14
11-1/2
1 13-1/4
PITCHED CURBS ARE AVAILABLE
FOR PITCHED ROOFS.
7
SPECIFY PITCH. 30'
EXAMPLE. 7/12 PITCH = 30' SLOPE 12
THESE PLANS ANDALLF
AND SUBJECT TO ANY
REQUIRED BY FIELD IN
MAY NECESSARY
COMPLY WITH ALL APP
C
POSED WORK
)RRECTIONS
CTORS THAT
ORDERTO
ABLE CODES.
AI
B
FEATURES:
- 1/2' ACOUSTIC HOUSING INSULATION
T—
- 20 GA. GALVANIZED STEEL HOUSING
G
- PLUG TYPE DISCONNECT
L
- BUILD IN AUTOMATIC BACKDRAFT DAMPER
I
- AMCA SOUND & AIR CERTIFIED
F yll
- UL LISTED
- CAN BE INSTALLED IN CEILING OR WALL
- 8 POSITION MOUNTING BRACKETS
OPTIONS:
VARIABLE SPEED CONTROL
IN LINE APTER T
RADITION AMPER
TIMEHDOF/ DELAY SWITCH
D
E
WALDLDCAPS
BRICK VENT
METAL GRILLE
CFA-CA CEILING 6 INLINE
W/ENAMEL FINISH
LOW SONE CEILING VENTILATION DIMENSIONAL DATA
FAN MODEL
A
H
C
D
I E
F
G
WEILGHT
B
CFA1500CA
1 22
1 18
1 18
23 7/8
19 7/8
12
8
65
JOB GOLDEN CORRAL — PORT ST, LUCIE FL
o LOCATION PORT ST. LUCIE FL
mr m w� = DATE 09/15/06 JOB #
. IF r �- v DWG # GCPSTLUCIEFL6 DRAWN BY CRC
REV. 1.00 SCALE NOT TO SCALE
�W wz a y
pzOOg�w 6"i<c
w
VDU ZK UI 3isN
OF
0o wz DWW 2W W
agW
D I;'.ri G�i r-gS�qwo�� WDa
Z�v+u'm JJ�wa mow cr.+��o
F�j<�rcN of �+�i 0
1, =z Zrcaw8Vaww
2"- €3p 6m 6FW
03s3ZDW? M —O
K W 2 0 a Wa Q 0500
Wa 0:'
U m Z Q 3 N Z N 0 0
Nffi
Q pl-�OO�Z0<00
K 2 U -
Viz m. Zm0
Co
W K -0 & W O K E2 3 C W
�a.oa iEW08.3ooziE
�o
m n
r
w O
D Q
LL
Li
,- J
0 —1 n
Q
C
� v
J J 0
Revisions
THRU ADDENDUM "A"
1/20/06
Q3 UPDATE TO UOT STAMME 1/YB/M
QCITY COMMENTS 1/5/09
PROJECT DATE
04/02/08
DRAWN BY
SAN
CHECKED BY
Z:\2005\05125\V6AAR4.dwq Jan 8, 2009-10:27am
THIS DRAWING IS PROVIDED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. HOOD
CONTRACTOR SHALL SELECT AND CERTIFY ALL
EXHAUST/M.U. AIR FANS. ALL SYSTEMS SHALL MEET ALL
APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF STATE AND LOCAL CODES
AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS AS SHOWN IN DESIGN DRAWINGS.
Sheet No.
V6
Proiect No.05125.00
1ER INPUT POWER INPUT POWER INPUT POWER INPUT POWER INPUT POWER INPUT POWER INPUT POWER INPUT POWER
NW I PHASE I PHASE 1 PHASE 1 PHASE 1 PHASE I PHASE 1 PHASE 1 PHASE
VOLTS = 120 VOLTS 120 VOLTS 120 VOLTS 120 VOLTS 120 VOLTS 120 VOLTS 120 VOLTS 120 VOLTS
BREAKER BREAKER BREAKER BREAKER BREAKER BREAKER BREAKER BREAKER BREAKER
AMP, - AMP AMPS IT- AMP AMP AMPS- _ AMP AMP — AMP —
222
222
2223
3333
123
456
7890
1234
�r
v
iv�r
SUPPLY
EXHAUST
EXHAUST
EXHAUST
FAN IB
FAN 9
FANS 1 & 2
FANS 3 & 4
GROUND
re—0 0 0 WIRING FOR IS' X 18' X 6' HINGED
COVERED ELECTRICAL BOX
BOX 2 OF 2
FIELD WIRE TO MATCHING
TERMINALS IN BOX 1
IIII
IIII
NOSUPPLIEDSINGLE
ATHERMAL
WITH OVERLOAD
(Motors 2HP and greater are not thermally protected)
of of ol,,f
of al o
3333
3444
5678
9012
III I
I I I I
—VOLTS/3PHASE - 1 EXHAUST, 2 SUPPLY
120 VOLTS/IPHASE - B EXHAUST
I I I/\
I/
4 LIGHT, 1 FAN SWITCH, 1 WARNING LIGHT
\
LL
IRS AUXILIARY CONTACTS ACTIVATED BY MICROSWITCH
y
R3 AUXILIARY CONTACTS ENERGIZED BY FAN SWITCH
EXHAUST
EXHAUST
EXHAUST FANS ON IN FIRE CONDITION
FAN 5 & 6
FAN 7 & 8
LIGHTS OUT IN FIRE CONDITION
TIE IN TO GC-Panel-B
roe
FACTORY WIRING
Mr 7/1/05 orc: E12801 A-2
—
FIELD WIRING
oue er Ewaa er
RXv jrN /
NOTE: IF WALL MOUNT
PREWIRE,
OR FIELD
INSTALLED
FIRE SYSTEM
MICROSWITCH
TERMINALS
SHOWING
FACTORY
WIRING
M(JJ / t7t ) /t LU W/KL U
LIG15AHT INPUT 120
VAC
IN 3U WIigWER
HT
LINE, N2-N4=NEUTRAL
3 PHA I,
�GHT�
ILPUH POWER120 VAC
WARNING
MICROSWITCH STATUS WITH
15A BR
BREAKER
I�LUN
VOLTS =_
1400MAWATTSI
R
SUPPLY FAN
FIRE SYSTEM ARMED
BREAKER
TOTAL
CIRCUIT CIRCUIT
FAILURE
AMPS = I
L I
I
EpAMKPER BREAKER I VH
I I ANSUL or PYROCHEM ANSUL or PYRDCHEM
I
I
I
15
/"� I ,
I TERMINALS I MICROSWITCH MICROSWITCH
L
C-NO-NC-#2 FOR SHUTDOWN
FOR FIELD
S
S2
WIRING TO
BUILDING FIRE
BW LBW
�BWxi
B
_
B W x =z
AN
PANEL
DRY CONTACTS
FOR SIGNAL
BLK
ONLY
NC1 R
z
z z
RLK
W w
BILK RED
ERN
8LK
C 2.RED
MAX 1400W
PER
TO AIR PRESSURE SWITCH
SWITCH
(CLOSES WHEN AIR STOPS)
LUo
EXH FIELD WIRE TO MATCHING
CN TERMINALS IN BOX 2
YEL
FIELD WIRE TO MATCHING
YEL
TERMINALS IN GC-Panel-B BOX
S3
S4
SS
N
NCS iSPARE
NC —
C CONTACTS
a s 13
ACTIVATED
NC
NO 6
SUPPLY
MICROSWITCH
HP —
C
NO
waaaR
ETL LISTED
AW
C
UNDER SUBJECT 508A
95
COIL
FILE 54731-001
R 4 °
Rl
COIL
j130
NC
�NC�
WHT
SPARE
IRS
CONTACTS 7 & 8
NO
NO —
rlrl
CONTACTS
TURN ON & OFF
NO3 ACTIVATED
WITH THE SUPPLY
L
C—
2 2 2
BY
By
MIDCRROSWpINTTCgH�
NC
AFAN
'NC
S
TU BLF USED AR
NO
I I I
N
HUNT TRIP DEVICE
S/3PHASE - 1 EXHAUST, 2 SUPPLY
R6
R7
CONTROL
C
120 VOLTS/SPHASE - 8 EXHAUST
I�
NO
4 LIGHT, 1 FAN SWITCH, I WARNING LIGHT
�J
C
NOTE, DRY CONTACT RELAY
COIL
R5 AUXILIARY CONTACTS ACTIVATED BY MICROSWITCH
C - RED
R3 AUXILIARY CONTACTS ENERGIZED BY FAN SWITCH
SUPPLY
COIL
NO - DK. BLU
R3
EXHAUST FANS ON IN FIRE CONDITION
FAN IA
NC - PURPLE
LIGHTS OUT IN FIRE CONDITION
R2
TIE IN TO GC-Panel-B
✓OP
iocsriav
Mrs 7n/D ara -
GROUND
WIRING FOR
18'
X 18' X
6' HINGED
o►x er c� er
FACTORY WIRING Adv SG/d XA
100001
-
COVERED
ELECTRICAL
BOX
FIELD WIRING A
=}
BOX
I OF 2
ELECTRICAL CONTROLS
WILL BE WALL MOUNTED
MUST BE WIRED TO
ELECTRICAL CONTROLS -�
WILL BE WALL MOUNTED
NOTE: IF WALL MOUNT PREWIRE, OR FIELD INSTALLED FIRE SYSTEM
M/CROSWITCH TERMINALS SHOWING FACTORY WIRING
MUST BE FIELD WIRED
FS #2
MICRO SWITCH WIRES ANSUL AND PYROCHEM
•umea 4.me_v.vffi.m� nobtm_
aau v.uwa u_uwa vm � aw r�
aca�niaa ter. •��
u xaa . uvaa vac
ve M. ra vA:
N.a »om avow aT.a
u Ae va it a IeI.T? v2
FS #3
MICRO SWITCH WIRES ANSUL AND PYROCHEM
• _... e.�.a ^L4A VPY�N.�
e.aeNwDuee: vwL��xm
Prvoa N® avna a.�
NOIL1® MIDI Milaal
VL M.t . IY V,G
u ne va w• . aa,ne vm
THIS DRAWING IS PROVIDED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. HOOD
CONTRACTOR SHALL SELECT AND CERTIFY ALL
EXHAUST/M.U. AIR FANS. ALL SYSTEMS SHALL MEET ALL
APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF STATE AND LOCAL CODES
AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS AS SHOWN IN DESIGN DRAWINGS.
WOMMIVRaI STATUS WITH
FIE SYSIFM WED
MICM SNITCH TrIea
La'ATEO IN PREVIE PANSL
DIAGRAM FOR HOOK UP OF 3 FIRE SYSTEMS
AND 1 PREWIRE TO ACCOMPLISH
SUPPLY FAN SHUTDOWN AND DRY CONTACT
RELAY CONTROL
"E FALTaRY VIRING
VDUM
ELECTRICAL
PREWIRE PACKAGE
IJOB
NAME
DRAWING NUMBER
GC-Panel-B
IJOB
NUMBER
I
2
3
4
5
To Control
Package
terminal blocks
6 1, 2 and N
located In fire
cabinet.
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
ICE CC
1
THESE PLANS AND
ALL PROPOSED WORK
AND SUBJECT
10 ANY CORRECTIONS
REQUIRED BY
FIELD INSPECTORS THAT
MAY BE NECESSARY
IN ORDER TO
COMPLY WITH
ALL APPLICABLE CODES.
I
E•
R9-I
RCN�13:]
NCC
R9-2
40 NC C
c46) NO
C4 0
DATE 6/25/2003
DRAWN BY
Tie into Golden Corral packages
(E6) - R6-R7 relays turn
ON/OFF with Supply, R8-R9 shut
down in fire condition.
Label Description
ST Starter
FS Fan Switch Lighted
MS MicroSwitch Ansul/ yroChem)
R1 Relay DPDT
LS Light Switch
L Hood Lic�ht(s)
GP General Purpose Relay DPDT
TX Transformer
C Contactor
G Ground
AF Air Flow Switch
Spare Relay -1, MS-2 MicroSwitch
Contacts Ansul Pyrochem
C-RD C-RD
NO-BL -B
NC-PR NO-BK NO-BK
NC -BR NC -BR
1 NC 3 SPARE RELAY CONTACTS
4 NO 3 CAN BE USED TO CONTROL
7 COM 9 ITEMS REQUIRING SHUT
.g CO1l,.$ DOWN WHEN THE FIRE
SYSTEM DISCHARGES, SUCH
RI-R8 AS SHUNT TRIP, SIGNALS,
RELAY ETC...
------ DENOTES FIELD WIRING
DENOTES INTERNAL WIRING
WIRE COLOR
BK - BLACK YW - YELLOW
BL - BLUE GY - GRAY
BR - BROWN PR - PURPLE
OR - ORANGE OR/BL - ORANGE/BLUE
RD - RED (STRIPE)
WH - WHITE BL/RD - BLUE/RED
(STRIPE)
RD/GN - RED/GREEN
(STRIPE)
DRAWING SHOWN DE -ENERGIZED
NOTE- IF WALL MOUNT PREWIRE, OR
FIELD INSTALLE➢ FIRE SYSTEM
MICROSWITCH, THE TERMINALS SHOWING
FACTORY WIRING MUST BE FIELD WIRED.
2 x 10 x 6 Box Size
ZLZLJlT
"l rAu. I ZG
NO.
TAG
PACKAGE #
LOCATION
SWITCHES
ROOFTOP
STARTERS
OPTION
FANS CONTROLLED
LOCATION
QUANTITY
TYPE
0
H.P.
VOL
FLA
1
E12801FA
all Mount In SS Box
Utility Cabinet Left
4 Light
1 Fan 1 Other
MUA Fent
Ind...E6 plus 4 light switches on mixed pa
Rabeast
3
1.500
208
4.7
Supply
3
3.000
208
1 9.5
Supply
3
1.000
208
.3
Exhaust
1
0.500
115
e.
Exhaust
1
0.500
115
8.0
Exhaust
1
0,500
115
8.1
Exhaust
1
0.750
115
12.0
Exhaust
1
0.250
115
4.8
Exhaust
1
0.500
115
8.1
Exhaust
I
0.333
120
4.4
Exhaust
1
10.333
115
4,1
2
GC-Panel-8
all Mount In SS Box
SS Wall Mount Box
/AL.==
JOB
GOLDEN CORRAL — PORT
ST. LUCIE FL
LOCATION
PORT ST,
LUCIE FL
DATE
09/15/06
JOB #
DWG # GCPSTLUCIEFL7
DRAWN
BY CRC
REV.
07/23/08 CRC
SCALE
NOT TO SCALE
12r 3Wz V �Y
W EWUZ�4U00��1^
�I Fra 6g-'—gwza go
Z W7O ' mo0 €Og
Z In Nal�ej 0Z
O<�����RIOZ a230
266Mnfa1w Eo 8000
V I W
ax5i
¢W3Zwi�
�Namn< agiz-D50
9-:00 el OxZ�F�]
o o <Nl
<IU4',Wn� WZMggmo
Wet OW<g5� < .Nois
�aoa�rFnu Y��?o� i�
o"
o,o
Q
IT
W
J
010
Q EJ 0-
c
J 0 p
a
Revisions
THRU ADDENDUM "A"
1/20/O6
&PRATE TO CU01 STRDM 1/g/M
PROJECT DATE
04/02/08
DRAWN BY
CRC
CHECKED BY
Sheet No.
V/
wnnii -- IA. rlfrl >I_ i..ut;ie, rl_AV/ArA 'lawg nn r,n, I 41hm
No. 05125.00
)UCTWORK FOR HOOD #1
. 8'4'
EF-1
TOP FLANGE MOST BE
WIDE ENOUGH TO
'CAP' CURB
I I
NOTE. INSTALLER TO CUT
STRAIGHT DUCTS TO
CORRECT LENGTH
J 12'(Sg) L
CAPTIVE AIRE TO PROVIDE:
1 — STRAIGHT PIECES OF DUCT (SEE ABOVE)
1 — TRANSITION DUCT (SEE ABOVE)
rrTRR A..T.TRA/Rl.l P.4
)UCTWORK FOR HOOD #2
8'4'
EF-2
�----Is•<sg)-1
TOP FLANGE MUST BE
WIDE ENOUGH TO
'CAP' 1'.URD
_U
I I
J 2'(so) L
NOTD INSTALLER TO CUT
STRAIGHT DUCTS TO
CORRECT LENGTH
CAPTIVE AIRE TO PROVIDE:
1 — STRAIGHT PIECES OF DUCT (SEE ABOVE)
1 — TRANSITION DUCT (SEE ABOVE)
NO,
ON
ITEM
SIZE
I
# I
Curb 2
3.000'W x 23.000'L x 20,000'H
0.250-12.000 Pitch
Vented
Hinged
2
# 2
Curb E
3.000'W x 23.000'L x 20.000'H
0,250-12.000 Pitch
Vented
Hinged
3
# 3
Curb 1
.500'W x 19.500'L x 22.000'H
0.250112.000 Pitch
Vented
Hinged
4
# 4
Curb F
3.000'W x 23.000'L x 20.000'H
0.250.12.000 Pitch
Vented
Hinged
5
# 5
Curb
.500'W x 19,500'L x 20A00'H
0250-12.000 Pitch
Vented
Hinged
6
# 6
Curb
.000'W x 23.000'L x 20.000'H
0250-12.000 Pitch
Vented
Hinged
7
# 8
Curb 2
6.000'W x 36.000'L x 36.000'H
0250d2.000 Pitch
Vented
Hinged
Exhaust Adapter
From 36.250'sq To 28.000'sq x 9.000'H
ALL DUCT WRAP/CHASE FOR
CLEARANCE TO CUMBUSTABLES
PROVIDED BY OTHERS.
)UCTWORK FOR HOOD #3
8'11'
EF-3
�—la•<sg)-�
TOP FLANGE MUST BE
WIDE ENOUGH TO
'CRP' CURB
_U
—1e'<sR)L
NOTE -INSTALLER TO CUT
STRAIGHT DUCTS TO
CORRECT LENGTH
_-6'(so)L
CAPTIVE AIRE TO PROVIDE:
1 — STRAIGHT PIECES OF DUCT (SEE ABOVE)
1 — TRANSITION DUCT (SEE ABOVE)
DUCTWORK FOR HOOD #8
EF-8
�. 21.5(sq) .-
36.00' TOP FLANGE MUST BE
WIDE ENOUGH TO
'CAP' CURB
-J12'< 26'>I—
NOTEo INSTALLER TO CUT
STRAIGHT DUCTS TO
CORRECT LENGTH
48.00'
—n26')L-
01
16.50'
THIS DRAWING IS PROVIDED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. HOOD
CONTRACTOR SHALL SELECT AND CERTIFY ALL
EXHAUST/M.U. AIR FANS. ALL SYSTEMS SHALL MEET ALL
APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF STATE AND LOCAL CODES
AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS AS SHOWN IN DESIGN DRAWINGS.
DUCTWORK FOR HOOD #4
8'11'
EF-4
_U TOP FLANGE MUST HE
WIDE ENOUGH TO
'CAP' CURB
L16'(X12h-J
NOTE, INSTALLER TO CUT
STRAIGHT DUCTS TO
CORRECT LENGTH
CAPTIVE AIRE TO PROVIDE:
1 — STRAIGHT PIECES OF DUCT (SEE ABOVE)
1 — TRANSITION DUCT (SEE ABOVE)
NOTE -INSTALLER TO CUT
STRAIGHT DUCTS TO
CORRECT LENGTH
288.00'
TWO OR MORE
r y
'u-' ... &Rik
THESE PLANS AND ALL ROO
AND SUBJECT TO A
REQUIRED BY FIELD I IN
MAY BE NECESSARY
COMPLY WITH ALL A PLIC
tS THAT
:R TO
CODES.
)UCTWORK FOR HOOD #5
EF-5
r-14'(SO)—i
jTOP
FLANGE MUST BE
WIDE ENOUGH TO
I 'CAP' CURB
A0'<X114—
I I�
NOTE- INSTALLER TO CUT
STRAIGHT DUCTS TO
CORRECT LENGTH
_610X114-
CAPTIVE AIRE TO PROVIDE:
1 — OFFSET PIECES OF DUCT (SEE ABOVE)
1 — TRANSITION DUCT (SEE ABOVE)
JOB GOLDEN CORRAL - PORT ST, LUCIE FL
LOCATION PORT ST. LUCIE FL
DATE 09/15/06 JOB #
DWG # GCPSTLUCIEFL8 DRAWN BY CRC
REV. 1,00 SCALE NOT TO SCALE
Revisions
THRU ADDENDUM "A"
1/20/06
PROJECT DATE
3/28/08
DRAWN BY
CRC
CHECKED BY
Sheet No.
VV
Z:\2005\05125 — GC Port St. Lucie, FL\V8AA.dwg Apr 4, 2008-1:27pm
Proiect No.05125.00
DIVISION 0 - INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
01010 SUMMARY OF WORK
01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES
DIVISION 2 - SITE TI=
02070 DEMOLITION
02110 CLEARING AND GRUBBING
02200 EARTH WORK
02280 SOIL TREATMENT
02510 ASPHALT PAVING
02700 SITE DRAINAGE
02800 SITE UTILITIES
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
03300 CAST -IN PLACE CONCRETE
03500 CEMENTITIOUS ROOF DECK
DIVISION 4 - MASONRY
04200 UNIT MASONRY
DIVISION 5 - METALS
05500 METAL FABRICATIONS
DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS
06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY
06115 SHEATHING
06190 PREFABRICATED WOOD (ROOF) TRUSSES
06195 PREFABRICATED WOOD BEAMS AND JOISTS
06200 FINISH CARPENTRY
DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
07200 BUILDING INSULATION
07310 ROOF SHINGLES
07460 SIDING
07510 BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING SYSTEM
07530 SINGLE -PLY MEMBRANE ROOFING SYSTEM (ALTERNATE)
07600 SHEET METAL
07900 JOINT SEALERS
DIVISION 8 - DOORS, VNNDOYYS AND IN"
08100 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
08200 WOOD DOORS
08355 TRAFFIC/IMPACT DOORS
08400 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS
08710 FINISH HARDWARE
08800 GLASS AND GLAZING
DIVISION 9 - FINISHES
09250 GYPSUM DRYWALL
09300 TiLE WORK
09510 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS
09540 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED POLYESTER (FRP) BOARD
09650 RUBBER FLOOR TILE
09900 PAINTING
09960 VINYL WALL COVERING
09980 PREFINISHED
DIVISION 10 - SPEINALMES
10155 TOILET PARTITIONS AND ACCESSORIES
10710 AWNINGS
DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT
11172 WASTE COMPACTOR
DIVISIONS 12, 13. 14. - NOT USED
DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL
15400 PLUMBING
15500 HEATING VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL
16100 BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
16200 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
16400 SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION
16530 SITE LIGHTING
CORPORATE VENDOR LIST
1. Bidders shall carefully examine the documents and the
construction site to obtain first hand knowledge of existing
conditions. Contractors will not be given additional
compensation for conditions which can be determined by
examining the site and documents. Only dated documents
Issued for Construction" and sealed by the Architect and/or
Engineer shall be used for bidding and construction purposes.
2. Bidders shall careful) examine the drawin s and
Y gg
ospecifications for compliance with all a Iicable codes
rdinances and regulations, as well as for any conflict, error
or omission. Non-compliance must be reported immediately in
writing to the Owner or Franchisee. Contractors will not be
given additional compensation for deviations not so reported
prior to contract award.
3. Insurance and Bonds
A. The insurance required by subparagraph shall be written
for not less than any limits of liability required by law
or by those set forth below, whichever is greater. All
companies must be licensed to do business in the state
and/or jurisdiction of the project.
B. Workmen's Compensation: Each contractor shall take out
and maintain during the life of this Contract, Workmen's
Compensation Insurance for all of his employees employed
at the site of this work. For work sub -contracted, the
contractor shall require the subcontractor similarly to
Provide Workmen's Compensation Insurance for all the
atter's employees unless such employees are covered by
the protection afforded by the contractor. Should any
employee engage in hazardous work under this Compensation
Statute, each contractor shall provide and cause each
sub -contractor to provide adsquate coverage for the
protection of his employees not protected otherwise.
Provide employer's liability coverage of $100,000
aggregate.
C. Comprehensive General Liability Insurance: Minimum
Bodil Injury limits of $1,000,000 for each occurrence
and 1 000 000 aggregate. Maintain Proppert Damage
Insurance with minimum limits of $100,000 for eachg
occurrence and $100,000 aggregate.
D. Contractual Liabilityy. Bodilyy injury $1,000,000;
Proppertyy Damage $1,000,000 each occurrence; and
$1,000,000 aggregate.
E. Personal Injury. $1,000,000 aggregate.
F. Comprehensive Automobile Liability insurance for all
owned, non owned, and hired vehicles: Minimum limits for
Bodily Injury of $1.000,000 for each person and
$1,000,000 for each accident and Property Damage minimum
limits of $1,000,000.
G. Each contractor shall purchase and maintain during the
life of this contract, such Property Investment and
Builders Risk Insurance upon the entire work at the site
in the amount of 100% of his contract.. This insurance,
including off -site stored materials shall include the
interests of the Owner, the Contractor, the Sub -
Contractors, and sub -sub -contractors in the work and
shall insure against the perils of fire, extended
coverage, vandalism, theft, and malicious mischief. If
by the terms of this insurance any mandatory deductibles
are required, or if the contractor should elect, with the
concurrence of the Owner, to increase the voluntary
deductible amounts, the contractor shall be responsible
for payment of the amount of deductible in the event of
a paid claim.
H. Before an exposure to loss may occur, the contractor
shall file with the Owner or Franchisee a copy of each
policy that includes insurance coverage required by this
paragraph. Each policy shall contain all generally
applicable conditions, definitions, exclusions, and
endorsements related to this Project. Each policy shall
contain a provision that the policy will not be cancelled
or allowed to expire until at least 30 days prior written
notice has been given to the Owner or Franchisee.
1. In waiving rights of recovery under terms of this
paragraph, the term "Owner" or "Franchisee" shall be
deemed to include his employees and the Architect and his
employees as the Owners representatives as provided for
in the Contractor Document.
J. Bonds: Each prime contractor shall furnish a Performance
Bond in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of
the Contract Sum as security for the faithful performance
of this contract and also a Labor and Material Payment
Bond in an amount not less than one hundred percent
(100%) of the Contract Sum or in a penal sum not less
than that prescribed by State, Territorial, or Local law,
as security for the payment of all persons performing
labor on the projec tunder this cotract anfurnishig
materials in connection with this contract. The
Performance Bond may be in one or in separate instruments
in accordance with local law and shall be delivered to
the Owner or Franchisee not later than the date of
execution of the contract.
K. Furnish three copies of certificates herein called for
and specifically set forth evidence of all coverage
required. Each contractor shall furnish to the Owner or
Franchisee copies of any endorsements that are
subsequently issued amending coverage or limits.
4. It is not the intent of these specifications to restrict
unduly the selection of materials and equipment, but to
provide a standard of product, workmanship and performance.
Where a particular system, product or material is specified by
name, it shall be considered as best suited because of its
quality appearance or function in the work. Other products
considered equivalent to the specified items may be used,
providing the Contractor obtains, in writing, the consent of
Golden Corral to make such substitutions. If not approved,
the Contractor shall furnish the product specified.
5. Change in Work - The Owner or Franchisee, without invalidating
the contract, may order changes in the work within the general
scope of the contract consisting of additions, deletions or
other revisions, with the contract sum and contract time being
adjusted accordingly. The subsequent AIA Change Order Form
will be submitted by the Contractor, with all appropriate
substantiating documentation, so that the Contract Sum might
be modified prior to start of revised work or oredering revised materials.
6. Contractor shall secure certification of inspections and
occupancy from authorities having jurisdiction and deliver
them to the Owner or Franchisee upon completion of the work.
Contractor and subcontractors shall pay all required fees,
obtain and pa for all permits required in connection with the
execution of their work. Inspections and Tests required to
establish compliance with the Contract Documents, for General
Construction except as otherwise provided in the Contract
Documents, will be made by the General Contractor.
7. A qualified/competent job superintendent must be on the job
site at all times during the course of construction and
completion of the punch list.
8. Project Meetings
A. Pre -Construction Conference
1) A meeting will be schedule within 5 days after Date
of Notice to Contract. Representatives of the Owner
or Franchisee and his consultants, all Prime
Contractors, Major Sub -Contractors, representatives
of Governmental or other regulatory agencies shall
be in attendance. Ow
ner wner or Franchisee will be
responsible for schedulingand conducting the Pre -
Construction Conference and the distribution of the
minutes to all attendees.
2) Minimum agenda shall include:
a. Distribute and discuss tentative construction
schedule as prepared by the General Contractor.
b. Critical work sequencingand relation and
coordination of Prime Contractors.
C. Designation of responsible personnel.
9 P
d. Processingof field decisions and Change
9
orders.
e. Adequacy of distribution of Contract Documents.
f. Submittal of shop drawings, project data and
samples.
g. Procedures for maintaining Record Documents.
h. Use of premises including office and storage
areas. Owner's requirements.
I. Major equipment deliveries and priorities.
Safety and first -aid procedures.
i<. Security procedures.
I. Housekeeping procedures.
B. Progress Meetings
1) The Owner or Franchisee shall establish the dates
for the progress meetings. The General Contractor
or his representative shall coordinate and
distribute agenda at least five 5 calendar do
prior and conduct regularly scheduled meetings at
the site for the purpose of receiving reports from
the various contractors on the progress of the work.
The minutes of the meeting will be recorded by the
General Contractor and distributed to all interested
parties.
2) It Is required that each Prime Contractor be present
for purposes of reporting his status in regards to
the progress of the work and assist In proper
coordination of the entire project.
3) Agenda shall include:
a. Review, minutes of previous meeting.
b. Review work progress since last meeting.
C. Note field observations, problems and
decisions.
d. Identify problems which impede planned
rogress.
e. eview off -site fabrication problems.
f. Develop corrective measures and procedures to
regain planned schedule.
g. Revise Construction Schedule as indicated.
h. Plan progress during next work period.
I. Coordinate projected progress with other prime
contractors.
j. Review submittal schedules, expedite as
required to maintain schedule.
k. Maintaining of quality of work standards.
9. Shop Drawings and Samples
A. General
1. All shop drawings and samples shall be submitted by
each contractor to the Owner or Franchisee.
2. Shop, erection, and setting drawings, certificates,
catalog cuts and schedules required for work of
various trades, shall be checked before submission
as hereinafter specified, by technically qualified
employees of the Contractor for accuracy,
completeness, and compliance with contractor
documents. All submittals shall be stamped and
signed byContractor certifying to such check and
must be accompanied by transmittal signed by the
Contractor. Submittals which do not bear the
Contractor's stamp and signature will be returned
without review.
3. When requested by the Owner or Franchisee, the
Contractor shall submit shop drawings, erection or
setting drawings and schedule of various items of
the work, whether or not such drawings or schedules
are specifically mentioned in the technical sections
of the specifications.
4. Shop drawings and samples shall be dated and
contain: Name of the project, description or names
of equipment, materials and items, and complete
identifications of locations at which materials or
equipment are to be installed.
5. No portion of the work shall commence nor materials
ordered until the shop drawings and samples relative
to this portion have been reviewed for compliance by
the Owner or Franchisee. All portions of the work
to be done in accordance with shop drawings and
samples bearing the stamp of the Owner or
Franchisee.
B. Submittal
1) For all shop drawings, submit one unfolded
reproducible sepia of each drawing to allow the
Owner or Franchisee to make comments if required and
retain sufficient prints. Each drawing shall have
a clear space for stamps. When phrase "by others"
appears on Shop Drawings, the contractor shall
indicate on drawing who is to furnish material or
operations so marked before submittal.
2) For standard catalog cuts and illustrated items not
requiring special shop drawings, submit four (4)
copies for the Owner or Franchisee to review for
compliance with contract documents.
C. Schedules
The Contractor shall submit a shop drawing submittal
schedule to the Owner or Franchisee no later than the
first Application for Payment submittal. The shop
drawing schedule will be prepared in conjunction with the
C.P.M. project schedule.
D. Samples
The Contractor shall be responsible for securing and
submitting samples as specified and/or as required by the
Owner or Franchisee for his selection and/or review of
the products, finish, and colors. Samples shall carry
the some identifying items as Shop Drawings.
MOO 1 - GE ER L RES UISEMENIM
E. Shop Drawings D. Guarantee
1) Shop drawings and/or catalog cuts of all fabricated 1) Nelther the final certificate of payment nor any SECTION 01010 - SUMMARY OF W=
parts and items shall be submitted for review to the provision in the Contract Documents nor partial or
Owner or Franchisee. All such data shall be entire occupancy of the premises by the Owner or 1. The work in the contract consists of the construction and
submitted through _the contractor with such Franchisee shall constitute an acceptance of work completion of a restaurant building, including all its
as to cause no delay to an of the work. not do a in accordance with the Contract Documents appurtenances, site work, landscaping and any of its site
promptness y y or relie a the Contractors of liability in respect improvement required or necessary, shown on the drawings; all
2) When catalog cuts are submitted, the specific items to any express warranties or responsibility for in accordance with these specifications and the accompanying
to be considered will be identified by the some faulty materials or workmanship. drawings, excepting only those items specifically shown or
noted on the drawings, within the specifications, or in the
nomenclature and/or item number used on the drawings
9. P
/ 9
or in the specifications. The some identifications 2) The Contractors shall remedy any defects in the contract.
shall be used on Shop Drawings, work, aid ppay all expense for any damage to other
work resulting therefrom, which shall appear within 2. Work by others:
3) The Owner or Franchisee shall review such drawings, a perio I of one (1) year from the date of final
schedules and data only for conformance with the acceptance of the work unless a longer period is A. Freestanding Sign: Responsibility for furnishing and
design intent of the project and compliance with the specified elsewhere. The owner or Franchisee will erecting the freestanding sign (paid for by the Owner or
information iven in the Contract Documents. The give notice of observed defects with reasonable Franchisee) will be with the sign company, as will the
g promptness. Where Items of mechanical equipment permits and engineering requirements relative to sign
Contractor shall make any correction required rr the - 9 9 q 9
Owner or Franchisee and shall resubmit the corrected carry a manufacturer's warranty of longer than one and footing. Sign company will be responsible for
sepia plus three (3) prints for final review. (1) yea , the manufacturers warranty shall be construction of footing and electrical' connection of the
considered the period of guarantee. sign on the property. Contractor to provide conduit and
4) The Owner or Franchisee will not undertake the 3) Each prime contractor shall be responsible for wiring to sign location.
determination of dimensions which by their nature, Fillg p oper otice with the manufacturer of
must be established from field measurements. The ma�en Is an equipment which carry a warranty, if
determination of such dimensions shall be a part of such notice is required. B. Illuminated Building Sings: Shall be supplied and
the contractor's check and coordination of shop 13. Project Record Documents installed by the sign company, paid for by the Owner or
drawings. Franchisee. Final electrical connections by the sign
A. Maintenance of Documents company, Contractor to provide conduit and wiring to signs
5) The final review of shop drawings by the Owner or locations.
Franchisee shall not relive the contractor from the 1) Maintain at the job site, one copy of contract
responsibility for conforming to the contractor drawings, specifications, addenda, shop drawings, C. Equipment: Refer to Equipment Drawings (Sheets F1 - F7)
documents unless there is an accompanying letter chang orders, other modifications to contract, and
from him which explicitly states that a deviation is field reports.
to be made and written approval is obtained for such 1) All equipment noted as furnished by Furnishings and
2 Store record documents in field office apart from n Contractor it r deviation, nor shall final review of Shop Drawings ) p Equipment Cont ac or will be purchased.
relieve him of the responsibility for errors in or documents :,used for construction. Maintain in clean, shipped, unloaded, assembled and set in place by that
coordination of his work, dry legible condition. Contractor.
10. Schedule of values: 3) Do not use record documents for construction 2) All equipment noted as furnished by Furnishings and
purposes. Equipment Contractor shall have all utility
A. General connections and final installation executed by the
B. Monitoring D vices General Contractor unless otherwise noted.
1) Submit to the Owner or Franchisee a "Schedule of
Values at least ten (10 days prior to first 1) Provide felt marking pens for marking conforming to 3) Receipt of Equipment - During the course of
Application for Payment. foilowi g code: construction, various deliveries of equipment and
miscellaneous items will be .made to the job site by
2) Upon request by Owner or Franchisee, support values a. Back for Architectural and Structural Work. common carrier. If during the receipt of those
given with data that will substantiate their b. Red for HVAC and Plumbing Work. items by the contractor's representative, any
correctness. C. Orange for Electrical Work. missing or damaged items are observed, the receiving
person shall:
3) Use Schedule of Values only as a basis for
Contractor's Application for Payment. C. Recording a. Make a notation of the discrepancy on the
delivery ticket.
B. Form of Submittal 1) Label each document "PROJECT RECORD" and keep record b. Call the delivery carrier and advise him of the
documents current. problem.
1) Submit Schedule of Values on AIA G702 and G702A. C. Contact the Owner or Franchisee.
2) Do not permanently conceal any work until required
2) Use the Construction Specifications Institute (CSI). information has been recorded. 4) Walk -In Coolers/Freezers are to be furnished and
installed by the Refrigeration Contractor. Said
C. Preparing Schedule of Values 3) Contract Drawings: Legibly mark to record actual Contractor shall install all equipment related to
construction. coolers freezers as designated on the drawings and
1) Itemize separate line item cost for each of general make final electrical connections.
cost items such as: Performance and Payment Bonds, a. D the of various elements of foundation in
Field Supervision and Layout, Temporary Facilities r ation to ground floor level. D. Contact Owner regarding questions about installation of
and Controls. b. H rizontal and vertical location of underground equipment. Various equipment by others will be
tilities and appurtenances referenced to installed, provided and/or furnished to complete the
2) Itemize separate line item cost for work required by permanent surface improvements. Project. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to
each section of this specification. QR� c. L cation of internal utilities and fully acquaint himself with the exact extent of all work
SEA $ pPPurtenances concealed in construction and/or equipment which will be included within the
3) Round off figures to nearest dollar. QROQG �G�ON r ferenced to visible and accessible features completed Project.
\,\ R(2 q'f structure. E. Interior Si na a Furnished and installed b the
4) Make sum of total costs of all items listed in 'a®P ����Ny GQ 0�2SS`" d. Fi'eld changes of dimensions and details. g g y
schedule equal to total Contractor Sum. P\ P'\AS j10 1 �QEG1 �, .1 � e. C anges made by Change Orders or Field Orders. Furnishings and Equipment Contractor.
G \N (ZO E f. Details not on original contract drawings.
5] Itemize separate line item costs forSl a gI2 p\E\® \\.1 GOB SECTION 01'.i00 -TEMPORARY FACILITIES
materials. Q ®, \�
PN \R�a 6tj $t Q\. - 4) Specifications and Addenda: Legibly mark up each
11. Payments and Completion R�gV 5tN� �� �P Sectio to record: 1. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and services necessary
P�, \ZH P to erect and maintain temporary facilities and perform
A. The form of A lication for Pa ent shall be Alt a. M nufacturer, trade name, catalog number, and temporary work required in the performance of the Contract and
pp Ym u plier of each product and item of equipment as noted in this section.
G702, May 1983 Edition, Application and Certif or pp
ctuall installed.
Payment, su ported b AIA Document o'ny um nt G702A ant
Ym pP Y b. Changes made by Change Order or Field Orden 2. TemporarySanitary Facilities for the workmen shall be
Sheet. Until final payment, the Owner or Franchisee will c. 0 her matters not originally specified. furnishedinstalled and maintained by the General Contractor.
pay 90 percent of the amount due each contractor on Permanent toilets installed on the Project shall not be used
account of progress payments. D. Submittal during construction of the project. Clean fresh, drinking
B. Payment will be made for material stored off -site if the water shall be furnished b the General Contractor. All such
Ym 1 At co lotion of project, deliver record documents y
material is stored in a bonded warehouse and insured to facilities and services shall be furnished in strict
to Ow completion
or Franchisee. accordance with existing governing health regulations.
100 percent of it's value. Invoices shall be required
and the Owner or Franchisee shall have access to the 2) Accompany submittal with transmittal letter in 3. Temporary Heat shall be provided by the General Contractor, as
premises. duplicate containing: required, during the period of the construction. All costs of
12. Project Closeout heat shall be borne by the General Contractor until Owner or
J a. D to and project title and number. Franchisee receives beneficial occupancy of the building, then
b. C ntractor s name and address. the Owner or Franchisee will share heat cost on a pro -rats
A. First Inspection C. C rtification that each document as submitted basis for areas occupied until Final Acceptance.
1 U on completion of project and prior to issuance of i complete and accurate.
P P P 1 p d. S gnature of Contractor, or h au izele ical Service and Lighting shall be provided
final payment certificates, a final inspection shall representative. COIct,',_
by the General Contractor, as required. This
be scheduled. (first the General contractor and n ui ment or fixture installation during
other rime contractors will perform on Inspection). P I q d ing
PE
p b phe Owner or Franchisee anThis ins ection .shall be set b the General 14. Administration of ontracty t d his separate
p y contractors T� ar for substantialo I P
Contractor after conferring with other prime Irk completion etion of the work.
General Con y
Time extensions tractor shall a cost of temporary electrical
to signs will not be ranted for rain wind snow, or
pay P Y
contractors as in the nature of theirntr
9
position
serviceprovided. other natural
regarding such inspection. The General Contractor tural phe omens of NORMAL INTENSITY for the locality
shall then call for a final inspection by the Owner where work is per armed. For purposes of determining extent
or Franchisee. of del a attribute Is to UNUSUAL WEATHER PHENOMENA, a S. A Temporary Telephone shall be provided by the General
determination shal be made by comparing the weather for the Contractor on the site for construction use.
2) Each Prime Contractor shall be present at the final contract period In olved with the average of the preceding
inspection as well as the Owner or Franchisees five (5) year climate range during the some time interval 6. Temporary Facilities shall be removed by the General
representative, State Agencies, and such persons as based on the Notarial Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration Contractor upon completion of the Project, at no additional
may be designated by the Owner or Franchisee. National Weather Servilce statistics for the locality where expense to the Owner or Franchisee.
work is performed and on daily weather logs kept on the job p 7. The General Contractor shall provide a separate minimum 3) Should defects or discrepancies be encountered, a site by the Conte ctor reflecting the effect of the weather on p p 25
listing of such items will be supplied to all progress of the w rk. long enclosed and secured office/storage trailer to the job
parties. site for receipt and securing various drop -ship items.
B. Record Drawings B. Each Subcontractor, at all times, shall keep the premises free
from accumulations of waste materials or rubbish caused by his
operations and shall dispose of such waste material as per local
1) As work progresses, record on one set of drawings
all changes from the installations originally and state ordinances. At the completion of the work he shall
indicated. Record final location of lines by remove all his waste materials and rubbish from and about the
distance from finished inside walls and floors. job as well as his tools, construction equipment, machinery and
surplus materials.
2) The Prime Contractors shall, upon completion of the 9. No signs shall be erected on the job site unless approved b
work, furnish a marked set of the drawings showing Owner or Franchisee. pp y
the field changes affecting the various mechanical
trades, such as plumbing, heating, ventilating, site
utilities, electrical, as actually installed In the 10. GC shall provide 40 yd. dumpster on site during equipment delivery
locations and deliver them to the Owner or and setup with (2) dumps duirng the set-up process.
Franchisee for approval and record. G.C. shall only provide separate recycle, cardboard dumpster if
3) Drawings shall be of the some size and scale as the required by local code or at owner's discretion.
Contract Documents except that larger scale drawings
may be required where clearances are close.
4) Final pa ent will be contingent upon receipt of
Record Drawings, and Project Maintenance Manuals
which are acceptable to the Owner or Franchisee.
C. Maintenance Manual
1) Each Prime Contractor shall, prior to completion of
contract, deliver to the Owner or Franchisee two (2)
copies of a manual, assembled and bound.
2) Each Prime Contractor shall for this manual, obtain
from subcontractors, literature of manufacturers
relating to equipment including motors, also furnish
cuts, wiring diagrams, and related data including
parts lists and numbers, instruction sheets and
other information pertaining to some that will be
useful to the Owner or Franchisee in overall
operation and maintenance. Literature previously
submitted with shop drawings which will be useful to
the Owner or Franchisee shall also be included in
this manual.
3) Include in the manual, the name, address, and phone
number of the nearest sales and service organization
for each item. All such data shall be assembled In
a reasonable order, bound in hardcover, three ring
notebook, complete with a typed page of contents.
QM
M
N O!
�A
v
UV
-M
°PI b
z„
E c '
Uo
_„
got
ro
m
roo
ro�
0
�m
9m
aP
w
n c
(!
k
o0
WX
rb
M�
Z
gg
OV
a
1
w�
3
lg>
zm
oa
12
K VJm
oiEa
y3
i(n� .3ig
(n
O UO O��F
�oZao�a
W W
w$iEwoa
W
c�oy�o
z
�R �U <omom
Kuzz- o
Bo` go
a.sF1'"r�
U6 NQU
WHKOW
_Zooz�F
oo
°r' n
om
J2
LL
LU
N
Z
O
4 J
a
U
L
W
ZZ"
(!#
0_
N
Q
O
J
v
U
•3
p
J
I
I Revisions
THRU ADDENDUM "A"
1/20/06
PROJECT DATE
04/02/08
DRAWN BY
LMHA
CHECKED BY
EAH
Sheet No.
SPi
Z:\2005\05125\SP1AA.dwg Apr 4, 2008-4:06pm
Project No. U,D125.UU
SECTION 02070 - DEMOLITION
1. Demolish existing structures necessary for the completion of
the work, except as noted to remain. Notify all utility
companies and arrange for cut-off of all facilities and
protect all remaining facilities. Remove all demolished
material from site unless otherwise stated in the Contract
and disposed of in accordiance with local and state ordinances.
2. At paving/parking areas, existing structures shall be removed
to 1'-6 below existing grade, or proposed grade, or a depth
which will provide proper soil bearing. Existing structures
shall be removed entirely when in conflict with new structure.
3. All existing underground utilities shown are approximate and
are to be verified by each Subcontractor. Owner or Franchisee
does not accept any responsibility for the accuracy of the
location of existing utilities indicated on the Drawings.
Verify location of existing utilities and exercise every
precaution when working on or near these areas, to avoid
damage to those existing facilities. Utility lines may be
encountered in excavations that were not known (or shown to
exist), so caution should be taken in all excavations. Active
or inactive utilities encountered shall be handled in
accordance with the requirements of the utility companies.
4. Toxic Materials: If the presence of any toxic (i.e. aspestos, PCBs)
material is suspected or discovered, the General Contractor shall
stop work immediately and notify Owner or Franchisee. Contractor
shall not undertake analysis or removal of suspected
materials.
SECTION 02100 - CLEARING AND GRUBBING
1. Remove all trash, rubbish, trees and stumps from the entire
lot. unless noted otherwise on site plan.
2. Remove the entire depth of topsoil from areas to be occupied
by buildings, roads, parking areas and walks, and dispose of
as per state and local ordinances, except that which is to be
placed in landscaped areas.
3. Protect against damage any existing lawns, shrubs, trees,
roads, walks and other work that is to remain in place.
SECTION 02200 - EARTHWORK
1. General Contractor shall establish two bench marks off site,
prior to excavation. Elevation of bench marks shall be
coordinated with bench marks established by licensed surveyor,
and listed on site plan.
2. A soils report shall be prepared by an independent company and
provided to the General Contractor for reference only.
Subsurface conditions and soil bearing capacity are not
warranted by the Architect or the Owner or Franchisee.
3. All site preparation data found in the drawings and/or
specifications is intended to be minimum acceptable site
standards. The soils report is based upon the subsurface
conditions at the actual building site. If the soils report
lists an allowable load bearing capacity of the site soil that
is less than the required capacity of paragraph 10, Owner or
Franchisee shall be notified immediately if the soils report
outlines a more rigorous method of subsurface preparation than
is herein outlined, the requirements of the soils report shall
govern. Verify frost protection requirements prior to
excavation.
4. The general Contractor shall be responsible for notifying the
Owner or Franchisee immediately of any special soil or water
conditions that are present on a particular site. Do not
proceed with further work until so authorized.
5. The General Contractor shall provide the Owner or Franchisee
with soil tests by an independent laboratory, approved by the
Owner or Franchisee, on all compacted fill as follows. One
Standard Proctor on fill material six density tests on compact
fill at locations directed by the Owner or Franchisee.
6. Excavate for building foundation, structures, and adjacent
areas, to grades and levels as indicated on plans.
7. include miscellaneous excavation as indicated on drawings or
in specifications for footings, underground utilities, steps,
ramps, retaining walls, light poles, post holes, dry wells,
area drains, etc.
8. Materials to be excavated are assumed to be earth, or other
materials that can be removed by power shovel or other normal
excavating equipment, but not requiring the use of explosives
or drills. If other is encountered within the limits of the
excavation, notify the Owner or Franchisee immediately.
9. Maintain temporary barricades, fences and bridge ground
excavated areas. Provide warning signs and/or lights as
required by Code to protect public and workmen from injury
during work carried out under this Contract.
10. Suitable bearing for foundations - All wall footings and column
footings shall rest on soil having a minimum soil bearing
capacity of 2500 Ibs per square foot. Contractor shall provide
a soils report prepared by a licensed professional engineer to
the Owner or Franchisee prior to construction. Refer to soils
report for specific recommendations. Provide compaction of
existing subgrade soil and new fill in compliance with AASHTO
T-99, Method D, also known as ASTM D698, Method D. Fill
material shall be at optimum moisture content for compaction.
11. Cohesive Subgrade: 95% compaction
Non -Cohesion Subgrades: 100% compaction
12. Compaction certificates are mandatory for parking lot,
building slab, and foundations sub -grade.
13. If suitable bearing is not encountered at the dept indicated
on drawings for foundations, the contractor shall immediately
notify the Owner or Franchisee. Do not proceed further until
instructions are given by authorized representative of the
Owner or Franchisee.
14. Fill under paved areas and exterior slabs on grade shall be
compacted to 95% standard proctor. Deposit fill material in
horizontal layers not exceeding 4 inches in depth and compact
each layer with a mechanical tamper.
15. Fill for unpaved areas shall be clean earth, free of all
objectionable foreign objects.
16. Rough grade entire areas of property to reasonable true and
even surfaces. Slope earth away from building walls to
facilitate drainage. Paving and walks shall be graded to the
underside of pavement, planting areas to 8 inches below finish
grade and lawn areas to 4 inches below finish grade.
17. Finish Grade - Spread stockpiled and/or new topsoil evenly
over lawn and planting areas, bring to finish grades, allowing
for settlement.
SECTION 02M - SOIL TREATMENT
1. Contractor shall provide a concentrate mixture of EPA approved
toxic chemical mixture to 5'-0" outside building limits.
2. Contractor shall provide a one year warranty of termite
treatment by an applicator approved by the Owner or
Franchisee.
SECTION 02510 - ASPHALT PAVING
1. Asphalt paving data found in these specifications is intended
to be minimum acceptable standards. If the soils report
outlines a more rigorous method of subsurface preparation and
paving than is herein outlined, the requirements of the soils
report shall govern.
2. Materials
A. Base shall consist of 6 inches of water bonded lime
stone, crushed rock or suitable local material.
B. 2 inches thick bituminous concrete hot plant mix asphalt
shall be applied over base. Minimum temperature at time
of placement shall be 225 degrees F.
1) ' Coarse agggreggate (retained on the No. 8 sieve): ASTM
C-131 (lotest edition) no more than 40% wear.
2) Slog: Air cooled, blast furnace 'slab, with
com acted weight of not less than 70 pounds, ASTM
29 Flatest edition)
3) Fine Aggregate: ASTM D-424 (latest edition) with a
plasticity index of not more than 6.
latest edition 4) Filler: ASTM D-242 ( ).
5) Bituminous Material
Type and Grade Specifications Mixing Temp
Asphalt Cement AASHTO M 20 or 275-325 Deg
85-100 pen ASTM D-946
(latest edition
C. Paint for pavement marking shall be yellow non -reflective
paint conforming to the requirements of AASHTO M248.
Paint shall be applied in accordance with the material
manufacturer's recommendations. Width of lines shall be
4 inches unless otherwise indicated.
3. Subgrade shall be free of extraneous materials. Proof roll
soil subgrade with heavy, pneumatic -tire equipment immediately
prior to placing stone base. Any soft or unstable zones
detected thereby should be undercut to firm soil and
backfilled with engineered earth fill compacted as specified
in Section 02200. The subgrade for all pavements shall be
uniformly stable before an stone base is installed. No base
material shall be placed ifthesubgrade indicates pumping.
4. Surface preparation, spreading, and Iay'ng, compacting and
rolling operations shall conform with Asphalt Institute
recommended specifications.
5. Inspect area to be paved and insure that all subgrade
conditions are sufficiently carried out to insure a good
Paving job. A finished surface shall not vary more than 1/8
inch in 10 feet when tested with a straight edge applied
parallel with or at right angles, to centerline of asphalt
surface. Humps or depressions which exceed specified
tolerances or which retain water shall be immediately
corrected by removing the defective work and replacing it with
new material, at the contractor's expense.
6. Lot core samples may be taken at locations determined by the
Owner's or Franchisees representative to determine compliance
with these Specifications.
SECTION 02700 - SITE DRAINAGE
1. Storm Sewers: Where a storm water drainage system is
required, the Contractor shall furnish all labor and materials
necessary to complete the system as required by local code,
and as shown on the drawings.
2. Surfaces Drainage: Contractor shall furnish surfaces to
slopes indicated on the site plan to obtainpositive drainage
of the surface water.
3. Silt and Erosion: Contractor shall be responsible for
preventing silt from the site being carried by surface run-off
and deposited on adjacent properties and drainage courses.
Settling ponds and/or hay bales arranged to filter out silt
shall be constructed as required by local codes and
authorities having jurisdiction. Barricades are to be
constructed prior to any construction, maintained during
construction, and not to be removed until after paving and
landscaping are completed.
SECTION 02M - SITE UTILITIES
1. Gas, water, sewer, telephone and electric service shall be
connected to existing utilities by Contractors as required by
utility companies.
2. See Section 16530 for Site Lighting.
SECTION - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCREM SECTION 04200 - UNIT MASONRY SECTION ONOD - METAL FAMCA11ONS
1. All concrete work shall conform to all requirements of 1. Furnish all masonry units in the sizes and shapes as shown on 1. For fabrication of miscellaneous metal work which will be 10. Erection of Studding.
q the drawings or as required to complete the work. exposed to view, use only materials which are smooth and free
American Concrete Institute ACI ea and applicable sections of of surfaceblemishes including pittin , seam marks, roller A. Install components in accordance with manufacturer's
ASTM C-94 (latest edition) for Ready Mixed Concrete. 2, Concrete MasonryUnits shall be li htwei ht Grade N load g instructions
g gg marks, rolled trade names and roughness.
bearin units, Type II, conforming to ASTM C-90 (latest I
_ B. Align floor and ceiling tracks; locate to wall layout.
2. All concrete shall be transit mixed concrete, 3% to 5% air 3 2. Rolled steel sha es, lutes and bars shall conform to ASTM
edition . p P Secure in lace with fasteners or welding at wmaxim
ings. 24
entrained, and shall attain a minimum compressive strength of Designation A36 (latest edition). (36,000 psi). p
3000 psi in twenty-eight (28) days. 3. Brick Masonry Units (Brick Veneer) shall be ASTM C 216. inches or maximum spacing as shown on drawings.
inches. manufactured b 3. Standard bolts and nuts for wood to steel connections) shall C. Place studs at maximum spacing as shown on drawings; not
3. Slump: Maximum allowable slump will be five (5) For Eastern States, brick shall be face brick a i m Y conform to ASTM A307, (latest ed). Grade A hexagonal head.
Cunningham Brick Co. See Corporate Vendor List, sheet SP5 for more than 2 inches from abutting walls and at each side
4. Concrete Materials contact &address. 4: High strength 'bolted connections shall conform to ASTM A-325: of openings. - Connect studs to tracks using fastener
method.
A. Portland Cement: Grey Portland Cement, ASTM C-150 For Western States, brick shall be face brick as manufactured 5. Welding s all be performed with E70XX electrodes o a'
(latest edition) Type 1. All concrete shall contain not y D. Erect load bearing studs one piece full length. Splicing
less than five bags of cement per cubic yard. by "Acme Brick Company", see Corporate Vendor List, sheet SP5 certified welder. All welding shall conform to AWS DT, 1-90. of studs is not permitted.
B. Aggregates: ASTM C-33 (latest edition) Maximum size 3/4 for contact & address. 6. Galvanize ferrous metal exposed to exterior, or concrete E. Erect load bearing studs, brace and reinforce to develop
inch. 4. Mortar Materials ((g other than reinforcing steel) and as noted on the drawings. full strength to meet design requirements.
All units galvanized shall be fabricated into the largest
practicable section before galvanizing. F. Tracks shall be secure) anchored to the supporting
C. Sand: Hord, durable, clean,. sharp, natural sand free A. Mortar: Shall be masonry cement Type S. Y PP g
form clay, loam, dust or organic matter.. 7. Steel shapes, plates, bars, and other assemblies shall be hot structure as shown on the drawings.
B. Sand: Rescreened, clean, sharp, washed materials, free dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A123, (latest edition); G. Coin lete uniform and level bearin support shall be
D. Water: Clean, potable, free from oil, acids, alkali, from deleterious substances, conforming with ASTM C-144. small steel shapes sheet articles and rough hardware such as p g
organic matter and other deleterious substances. provided for the bottom track.
C. Water: Clean, potable water, free of deleterious amounts bolts, nuns, and washers shall hot dip galvanized in
type to meet ASTM C-260 p accordance with ASTM A386 (latest edition. H. At track butt joints, abutting pieces of track shall be
E. Admixture: Air -entraining yp of acid, alkalies or organic materials. securely anchored to a common structural element, or they
(latest edition). 8. Shopcoat ferrous metal with fabricators standard lead-free
D. Admixtures: The use of an admixtures or antifreezes to " shall be butt welded or spliced together.
Y unrvers 1" primer; applX on field coat of primer on all
5. Related Materials lower the freezing point of mortars is prohibited. abraded parts of built-m ferrous metals after installation. 1. Studs shall be plumbed, aligned, and securely attached to
A. Vapor Barrier: 6 mil polyethyy{1ene.. " 5. Proportions and use of Mortar: For all masonry, provide Type 9, Corner 9 ards shall be 1 1/2 inches x 1 1/2 inches x 18 gauge the flanges or webs of both upper and lower tracts.
B. Grout under steel plates shall be Embeco non -shrink S mortar conforming to ASTM C-270, current edition. Minimumstainlesssteel, satin finish, in various lengths, as
grout. compressive strength of mortar shall be 1800 pounds per square manufac ured by Fab-X Metal, Inc" See Corporate J. Framed wall openings shall include headers and supporting
inch at 28 days. Vendor ist, sheet SP5 for contact & address. studs as shown on the drawings.
6. Reinforcing Materials shall be uncoated and. free from
excessive rust, mill scale, oil, grease, and other deleterious 6. Masonry veneer anchors shall be corrugated metal ties not less SECTION 05 KID - COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING K. Jack studs shall be installed below window sills, above
matter. than 22 gauge and not less than 7/8 inch wide and 7 inches window and door heads, at free standing stair rails, and
long with one end crimped for attachment to substrate. 1. This work includes load and non -load bearing formed steel stud elsewhere to furnish support, and shall be securely
A. Reinforcing Steel: Shall be intermediate grade deformed Anchors shall meet ASTM A153, Class B2. Anchors shall be attached to supporting members.
bars per ASTM A615 (latest edition) Grade 60. / exterior all and interior wall framing.
sized to extend to within 1. 4 inch of face it brick. Use one L. Temporary bracingshall be provided until erection is
B. Steel Fabric Reinforcing: (For concrete slabs) shall masonry anchor for each 1.ed SF In wall, with horizontal and 2, References:
p y
g vertical spacing not to exceed 16 Inches complete.
conform to ASTM A185 (latest edition). See structural A. AS A90 - Test Method for Weight of Coating on Zinc -
plans for type and placement. 7. Vinyl masonry flashing shall be 20 mil, PVC sheet. co fed (galvanized) Iron or Steel Articles. M. Wall stud bridging shall be installed in a manner to
provide resistance to both minor axis bending and
C. Metal Accessories: In accordance with ACI 315 or as
8. Weep holes" shalt be 32 inches on center and be full head height B. AS M A446 -Steel Sheet, Zinc -coated (galvanized by Hot rotation. Bridging rows shall be equally spaced not to
shown on drawings. All accessories shall have plastic joint. Keep clear of all mortar. Dip Process, Physical (Structural) Quality. exceed 4'-0" on center.
coated legs
N. Provide stud walls at locations indicated on drawings as
7, Installation 9. Installation C. AS A570 - Hot Rolled Carbon Steel Sheet and Strip. "shear walls" for frame stability and lateral load
Structural Quality. resistance. Such stud walls shall be braced as indicated
A. Lay masonry in running bond, with full head and bed
A. Reinforcement shall be accurately positioned and secured, y drawings for. special coursing and details for on Ions and specifications Additional studs shall be
oinks (see drL g p g D. AS M A611 Steel, cold rolled sheet, carbon, Structural P
supported with concrete, metal chairs, spacers, or metal J .work. La out so that not less than 1/3 of a.unit positioned to resist the vertical components as indicated
brick ) y on drawings.
hangers. Reinforcing bars shall lap 40 bar diameters at is exposed at corners, offsets, bucks, and windows. All E. AW I ((.Association of Wall and Ceiling industries) - g
splices. JJoints shall be of uniform width and thickness and shall Sp cifications Guide for Cold Formed Steel Structural
be tooled with a grapevine inter after moderate M bers 0. Refer to drawings for locations xt partitions extending
B. Slabs: Compact and screed uniformly to grade. Push 9 p p to ceiling only, and partitions extending through ceiling
a regate below surfaces with a screen tamper and screed. setting, where exposed to view. to structure above.
Follow screedin with a bull float. Wood float and steel F. AW Dt:1 Structural Welding Code.
g B. Brick veneer shall ra (mortar) purged in horizontal lifts
trowel to a uniform finish free from trowel marks, , P. Coordinate placement of insulation in multiple stud
pinholes, or blemishes. No interior floor slab shall as indicated on drawings at anchorage elevations. G. FS TT-P-645 -Primer, Paint, Zinc Chromate, Alkyd type. spaces made inaccessible after erection.
receive a curing compound under any circumstances. 10. Clean, all work thoroughly from the to downward using fiber
g y p 9 3. System Description Q. Attach cross studs to studs for attachment of fixtures
C. Walks: Walks shall be 4 inches thick reinforced by brushes. Remove mortar stains with cleaning compound, rinsing
thoroughly with water. All finished surfaces shall be left A. Sizecomponents to withstand design loads as shown on the
' " anchored to walls.
6x6/W1.4xW1.4 Welded Wire Fabric and shall be broom unmarred. drawings. Stud sizes, gauges, and spacing shown are the R Install framin between studs for attachment of
finished. Walks shall have sawed or tooled oinks 5-09
maximum with tooled radius edges. install 3/8 inch
expansion joints at intervals of not over 25'-0" and
curbs similar joints at walls, , etc. Clean and seal
joints with sealant.
D. Curbs: install 3/8" expansion joints, with non -extruding
type bituminous premolded filler strips filled with
sealant. Joints to be at 20'-0" centers maximum.
8. Weather Requirements
A. Hot Weather Placing: Conform to ACI 305.
B. Cold Weather Placing: Conform to ACI 306.
9. Concrete Tests shall be authorized by the Owner or Franchisee
on an as needed basis.
SECTION ONOO - CEMEN7I71OUS ROOF DECKS
1. The work consists of furnishing all labor, materials,
accessories and equipment necessary to cover all areas shown
on drawings and specified herein with composite structural
roof deck.
2. Cementitious Roof Decking shall be 4 inches thick Tectum' E roof deck, 47
inches wide x ±144 inches long. Consisting of the following: 11/2 inches of
Tectum substrate, 2 1/16 inches of Expanded Polystyrene Insulation and 7/16
inches of OSB, Integrally bonded & manufactured by Tectum Inc. or approved
equal See orporate Vendor List, sheet SP5 for contact & address.
Acceptable Alternate: Fiberplank/UN 3 1/2" thick x 32 wide x 72"
long as manufactured by Martin Fiberproofing Corp.,
See Corporate Vendor List sheet SP5 for contact & address.
3. Shop Drawings shall be submitted to and approved by the
General Contractor and/or the Architect before material is
delivered to the jab site.
4. Installation
A. Structural members should be inspected by the roof deck
erectors so that any discrepancies in placement. spacing,
or alignment from the shop drawings can be rectified by
the Contractor before the roof deck is installed.
B. All ends and edges of decking must be continuously
supported along the outside walls directly or by
supplemental framing as shown on plans.
C. Roof planks shall be laid directly on joist with square
cut ends butted tightly together. End joints in
alternate rows shall be staggered and centered on
supporting members. A driving block shall be used to
insure tight joints and prevent damage to the plank. The
plank shall be supported on the ends and have a minimum
bearing on joists of 1".
D. All planks shall be fastened to joists by means of metal
screws and washers. Screws shall be 1 1/2 longer than
the thickness of the specified decking, and a 1 i72"
washer must be used with each screw. Provide continuous
3 8" bead of 3M 3414 or equal) construction adhesive at
Use (4 fasteners at each end and at each support. Q
E. The plank shall be installed with tongue leading.
Fasteners shall be installed as soon as the plank is laid
before anyone is allowed to walk over the decking.
F. Tectum planks shall be cut to fit neatly at walls,
parapets, curbs, or other openings. All openings greater
than 8 inches in either direction must have additional
structural frame support.
G. The fastening system shall be specified by Cementitious
Deck Manufacturer and shall be capable of withstanding a
wind uplift of 30 pounds per sqquare foot and a
horizontal diaphragm load of 380 pounds per linear foot.
5. Roof decks shall be on Florida's approved materials list.
6. Alternate
A. In lieu of cementious roof deck, general contractor shall provide
and install SIP (Structural Insulated Panels) as manufacturered by
R-Control Building Systems or appproved equal for the roof deck.
Bottom plywood surface shall be T-1-II suitable for staining.
Thickness to be determined by manufacturer to meet local loading
conditions and spans shown on drawings. Aitenate must be on Florida's
approved materials list.
minimum standards. mechanical and electrical items, and to prevent stud
B. Ma imum allowable deflection 1/360 span. rotation.
C. Design a wall system to provide for movement of S. Touch up field welds and damaged galvanized surfaces with
components without dame, failure of joint seals, undue primer.
st ess on fasteners, or other detrimental effects when .
su ject to seasonal or cyclic day/night temperature
ranges.
D. Design system to accommodate construction tolerances,
deflection of building structural members, and clearances
of intended openings.
ORK 4. QUALITY ASSURANCE
POSE�w A. Manufacturer; Comps yy specializing in structural framing
A1uLP�� EC110VAS components with five �b) years minimum experience.
0 Ally EC OF2StHAt B. Calculate structural properties of framing members in
SU8JEC1 FIELD 1NSPE®RpER10 accordance with AWCI requirements.
U1RED 5 spq N CODES. C. Design structural elements under direct supervision of
��6l S E
13E �ECE PLEGABL Professional Engineer experienced in design of structural
MPy y Wt1y� Alt LAP b ilding framing members, registered in the state where the
COMPL p oject is located.
5. Framing Materials
A. S uds, Headers, and Tracks: ASTM A611 ` Grade C She
s eel, formed to channel shape, solid or punched web,
inimum gaugge as shown on drawings. Minimum yel
strength is 33,000 pounds per square inch.
6. Access 'ties
lkao
A. B acing, furring, braiding: Formed sheet steel,
t ickness determined for conditions encountered,
rrlanufacturers standard shapes, same finish as framing
B. Plate, Gussets, Clips: Formed sheet steel, thickness
determined for conditions encountered, manufacturer's
s andard shapes, same finish as framing members.
7. Fastene s
A. Self drilling, self-tapppping screws, bolts, nuts and
Washers: ASTM A90, hot dip galvanized.
B. A chorage Devices: Power driven, powder actuated,
d filled expansion bolts, minimum size and spacing as
smiown on drawings.
C.Welding: In conformance with AWS D1.1.
8. Finishes
A. Galvanizing: G90 coating class.
B. P imer: FS TT-P-645, touch up for galvanized surfaces.
9. Inspection
A. V rify that substrate surfaces are ready to receive work.
B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of substrate.
Ulf
MO.
^M
11H
^m
N
a
U
m
d
zP
.AEI
E
Um
r
®
p
Yh
m
roo
do
L y
ca
rov
C�' y
a
,n
� 0
k�l
c
A
U
�m
00
ra
w��Will
8z�<Oz 3zzlg�6.
a*@�am-w zwiwo ffio
io15
e�<'�`i � �iEgFa
t5 0
u,d�w���mo��o��
a"-'"<wK<<wW
w M
3JSynWi�oa<<Wm0
Zm N�< JNO,tAe
6w7�"-1-aOZ 3u1F Iwn��+
O t] (> < Vl
n<xo -utz gam• zw
w �oLia4� C ao"'
i�°o=`�a�w o zooz�
o\
o�
®d Q
cc
0
lL
CO) tll co
1 O
91
U
FRI ® LLJ
� 2 cn
Q
= O 09
r
JU O
0 p
Revisions
THRU ADDENDUM "A"
1/20/06
\RAiE TO BUT STfvfiW 1/28/W
6 h\CODE COMMENTS 2/26/09 ■
PROJECT DATE
04/02/08
DRAWN BY
LMHA
CHECKED BY
EAH
Sheet No.
SP2
Project No.05125.00
SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY
1. Lumber shall be identified by the grade make of an agency
certified by the Board of Review of the American Lumber
Standards Committee„ and manufactured in accordance with
Product Standard PS20-70, published by the United States
Department of Commerce.
2. Lumber shall be S4S, seasoned to a moisture content not
exceeding 19% and marked S DRY".
3. Provide lumber of the following product classifications in
grade and species indicated.
A. Studs, plates, interior wall partitions, shear walls,
blocking:
1 No. 2 Southern Pine
2 No. 2 Douglas Fir South
3 No. 2 Western Hemlock
4 No. 2 Spruce
5 SPF No. 2 and Better
B. Headers
1 No. 2 Southern Pine
2� No. 2 Douglas Fir South
3)))) No. 2 Western Hemlock
4. Lumber in contact with masonry, concrete, tile setting beds,
grouts, etc. shall be pressure treated. When cut on the job,
edges shall receive two coats of preservative, brushed on.
5. Preservative treatments shall be in accordance with AWPA C2
(lumber) and C9 (plywooda and shall bear the AWPB Quality Mark
LP-2' Above Ground Use . Material shall be kiln -dried to not
exceed 19% moisture content for lumber and 15% for plywood.
6. PI ood shall bear the grade, trademark and panel
id tification system of the American Plywood Association, and
shall conform to the requirements of PSI US Product Standard
for Construction and Industrial Plywood. Plywood which has
only edge or surface permanently exposed to the weather shall
be exterior grade, regardless of appearance grade specified.
7. Plywood for roof decking shall be A.P.A. rated Structural No.
2 Sheathing, span rated 40/20, Exposure 1 5/8 inch or 3/4 inch
thick. Provide H clip spacers (between trusses/TJI/joists) at 24
inches on center. Nail panels with 8d nails at 6" on center
along panel edges and 12" on center at intermediate supports.
8. Install plywood roof deck with face grain across supports,
using panels continuous over two or more spans. Stagger
layout minimum of 24 inches with adjacent panels. Allow 1/16
inch space at panel ends and 1/8 inch space at panel edges,
using H" clip spacers.
9. Plywood for Flitch materials shall be 1/2 inch or 3/4 inch
thick COX plywood.
rated structural 1 grade
10. Plywood for shear walls shall be 5/8 APA g
Exposure 1, blocked all edges. See structural drawings for shear
wall schedules.
?1. All wood members exposed toweather or connected to concrete
shall be preservative treated.
12. General use framing nails shall be hot -dipped galvanized
medium diamond point, flat head common nails.
13. Fasteners for wood grounds, blocking, furring, etc, shall be
metal hardened steel nails, expansion screws, toggle bolts,
etc.
14. Provide blocking or furring for anchoring light fixtures,
outlets, equipment supports, mechanical openings, etc., and at
all panel joints. See plans for locations of special
blocking.
15. Framing anchors shall be of the type specified herein or shown
on plans, of zinc coated steel by Simpson Strong Tie, Kant -
Sag, Teco, or Heckman Building Products. Special fasteners
SEC IflM 08115 - SNEA7IMG
WALL SHEATHING:
1. Provide plywood shear walls as shown on plans and specificatins
in rough carpentry.
2. Provide 5/8' Blocked APA rated structural 1 grade, Exposure 1
plywood on all exterior wall not covered with plywood for shear
walls. Nail to studs ® 6" on center.
3. Cover all exterior walls with 301b. asphalt saturated building felt.
TYVEK may be substituted for building felt.
SECTION 08195 - PREFABRICAiED BEAMS AND JOISTS
1. This work includes the complete furnishing and installation of
all Abraded MICRO=LAM Laminated Veneer Lumber as shown
on the drawings, herein specified and necessary to complete
the work.(Noted LVL in drawings)
A. Abraded MICRO=LAM L.V.L. shall be designed and
manufactured to the standards set forth in the
NER Report No. 481.
B. Abraded MICRO=LAM L.V.L. shall be custom designed to fit
the dimensions and loads indicated on the plans.
C. Shop Drawings: Shop drawings showing layout and detail
necessary for determining fit and placement in the
building will be provided by the manufacturer. Approval
by the Structural Engineer and/or Architect will be
required before shipment to the job site.
D. Production: Do not proceed with fabrication and/or
cutting until shop drawings and design calculations have
been reviewed and approved by the Structural Engineer
and/or Architect.
E. These products are NOT stocked by local Truss Joist
MacMillan (TJM) Distributors.
2. Materials shall comply with NER Report No. 481.
A. Veneers shall be Douglas Fir or Southern Pine of
thicknesses approved by the building code. They shall
be ultrasonical y graded or graded by other advanced
grading systems approved by the code.
B. Adhesives shall be of the waterproof type conforming to
the requirements of ASTM D-2559.
C. All hardware shall be fabricated by others according to
details contained in the contract drawings.
D. Abraded MICRO=LAM L.V.L. shall be manufactured in a
plant recognized by the building code and under the
supervision of an approved third party inspection agency.
It shall be manufactured in a continuous process with all
grain parallel with the length of the member. All
members are to be free of finger oints or scarfs or
mechanical connections in full length members.
3. ERECTION AND INSTALLATION
A. Abraded MICRO=LAM L.V.L. if stored prior to erection,
shall be protected from the weather. They shall be
handled with care so they are not damaged. Abraded
MICRO=LAM L.V.L. are to be erected and installed in
accordance with the plans, and any TJM drawings and
installation suggestions. Temporary construction loads
which cause stresses beyond design limits are not
permitted. Holes, cuts, or notches not previously
approved by TJM engineering shall not be permitted. The
final erection of the Abraded MICRO -LAM L.V.L. shall be
under the direction of a qualified construction
supervisor.
4.
5.
B. Connections: Lateral nail holding and withdrawal are as
pprovided in the code for Douglas Fir sawn lumber. Nails
installed parallel to the glue lines in the narrow face
shall not be spaced closer than 4 inches on common nails.
Nails installed in accordance with the code. These
nailing specifications are based on a member at least 3/4
inch thick and 3 1/2 inches wide. Holding power of bolts
installed perpendicular to the glue lines is as provided
in the code for dense Douglas Fir.
C. The Contractor shall give notification prior to enclosing
the Abraded MICRO=LAM L.V.L. to provide opportunity for
inspection of the installation.
D. The products delivered shall be free from manufacturing
errors or defects in workmanship and material. The
products shall perform to TJM specifications for the
normal and expected life of the building.
E. Due to the customized detailing and engineering
characteristics of the roof framing assembly, it is a
requirement that Abraded MICRO=LAM L.V.L. be used in the
"base" bid.
F. Other manufacturers' bids are to be listed in the
alternate section of your proposal. All framing plans,
detailing, and calculations for the alternate bids will
be reviewed by the Owner or Franchisee, the Architect and
the Structural Engineer for structural performance,
possible conflicts with related trades, and compatibility
with the overall building requirements and building
codes. For more information, Contact: Trus Joist
MacMillan or Snavely Forest Products. See Corporate Vendor
List, sheet SP5 for contact & address.
DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND
MOISTURE PRO O110N
SECTION 07200 - BUILDING INSULATION
1. Exterior wall insulation shall be 5 1/2" inch fiberglass butt
insulation.
A. Use kraft-faced or unfaced with 6 mil. polyurethane vapor barrier
where covered with gyp. bd.
s b. Use unfaced or fired rated foil faced in attic paces where
not
covered with gyp. bd.
2. Exterior ceiling insulation shall be 5 1/2" inch, unfaced,
fiberglass butt insulation. R value = 9
3. Batt insulation to be secured in place through appropriate
devices. Batt insulation in walls that does not maintain the
integrity of the vapor barrier will be rejected.
4. Vapor barrier: 6 mil. polyethylene from floor to roof deck.
Locate as follows:
Exterior side of external wall: FA, GA, MS, AL, LA.
Interior side of external wall: all states except as noted
above.
SECTION 07310 - ROOF SHINGLES
1. Work includes: Furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment or any part
thereof to complete installation of all shingle roofing areas. See Section 07600
for related sheet metal work.
2. Preparation of roof deck: Roof deck shall be dry, before applying one layer non
perforated 30 lb. asphalt saturated roofing felt.
TJM I -Joist includes the complete furnishing and installation 3. Fasteners: Fasteners shall be of sufficient length and holding power, as required
P 9 on shingle wrapper, for securement of the material.
of all TJI joists as shown on the drawings, herein specified
and necessary to complete the work. 4. Self-sealing shingles: Shingles shall be "Supreme Series" 3-Tab, 25 year,
A. TJM ]-Joists shall be designed and manufactured to the fungus resistant, Gass A" as manufactured by Owens Coming corporation or
standards set fort in the NER Report No. 200. approved equal. Color shall be Estate Gray. All warranties are contingent upon
B. TJM Products shall be custom designed to fit the the correct installation as illustrated on the back of every shingle bundle.
dimensions and loads indicated on the plans. 5. Substitutions must be approved by Golden Corral Corporation.
C. Shop drawings showing layout and detail necessary for 6,
determining fit and placement in the building will be i
provided by the manufacturer. A. Use 6 fasteners per shingle for wind requirements. Qe
D. Production: Do not proceed with fabrication and/or
cutting until shop drawings and design calculations have SECTION 07410 - METAL PANEL ROOF SYSTEM
been reviewed and approved by the Structural Engineer
and/or Architect. 1, Work includes: Furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment or any part
thereof to complete installation of all metal roofing areas including flashing,
Materials vents, closures pieces, fasteners etc. See Section 07600 for related sheet
A. Flange members, web members and adhesives shall conform metal work.
to the provisions of NER Report No. 200.
B. TJM 1-Joists shall be manufactured in a plant approved 2• Preparation roof deck: Plywood roof deck shall be dry, before applying one
for fabrication by the building code and under the layer non perforated
orated 30 lb. asphalt saturated roofing felt.
supervision of an approved third party inspection agency.
3. Fasteners: Fasteners shall be of sufficient length and holding power, as required
C. Each of the joists shall be identified by a stamp by roof mfr., for securement of the material to plywood deck.
indicating the joist type, NER report number,
manufacturer's name, plant number and the independent
inspection agency logo and evaluation report number. 4. System shall be ZEE -Lock double lock Metal Roof as manufactured by
Berridge. Material shall be finished with
Erection and Installation Satin Finish color "Deep Red". System shall be rated UL90.
prior to erection shall be stored The metal roofing system shall be installed
A. TJM I -Joists, if stored
P as specified and detailed by the manufacturer.
in a vertical position and protected from the weather.
They shall be handled with care so they are not damaged. 5. Substitutions must be approved by Golden Corral Corporation.
The I -Joists are to be erected and installed in
accordance with the plans, and any Trus Joist MacMillan
drawings and installation suggestions. Temporary
construction loads which cause stresses beyond design
limits are not permitted. Erection bracing, in addition L
to that specified, is to be provided to keep the TJM I -
Joists straight and plumb as required and to assure
adequate lateral support for the individual I -Joists and
the entire system, until the sheathing material has been
applied.
B. The Contractor shall give notification prior to enclosing
the TJM I -Joists to provide opportunity for inspection of
the installation.
C. Products shall be proven by testing and evaluation in
accordance with the provisions of ASTM D-5055.
D. Fire and sound ratings are to be established in
accordance with tested assemblies as detailed in CABO
NER Report No. 200.
E. Products delivered shall be free from manufacturing
errors or defects in workmanship and material. The
products shall perform to TJM I -Joist specifications for
the normal and expected life of the building. For more
information, Contact: Trus Joist MacMillan or Snnvely Forest
Products, See ,Corporate Vendor List, Sheet SP5 for contact
& address.
SECTION 062W - FINISH CARPENTRY
1. The work required by this section consists of, but is not
limited to the following: (a) interior and exterior wood
trim; (b) Office and closet shelving.
2. Cabinetry work shall conform to the Custom Grade Standards of
the American Woodworking Institute. Cabinetry shall be
supplied and installed by the furnishings and Equipment
Contractor.
3. Interior wood Trim shall be White Pine 10'- 0"
or longer in length. Grade: stock to be square edged,
clear one side, two edges (C1S2E), surfaced four sides (S4S).
7. Berridge Zee -Lock' Florida Product Approval #FL 8675.3 Florida Building
Code 2004
SECTION 074M - HORIZONTAL LAP SIDING
Horizontal lap siding, where indicated on the drawings, shall herein be specified
as vinyl or fiber -reinforced cement siding.
WHEN USING VINYL SIDING
1. Vinyl siding shall be Amcraft "Ultra" with double 5" exposure, .042"
Cream".
thickness and staggered double nailing hem. Color to be 'Vintage
Provide All components necessary for a complete installation.
2. Vertical T&G vinyl siding shall be Amcraft "Ultra Soffit". Color to be
"Vintage Cream". Provide All components necessary for a complete
installation.
3. Solid vinyl siding shall comply with ASTM D3679 Class 2. All materials shall
conform to ASTM D4216-83, D3679, D1784, D638, 0256, D648, D1929, D2843,
0635, and D568 requirements.
4. Installer shall verify dimensions of building; Examine, clean and repair, if
necessary, any adjoining work on which this work is dependent proper
installation. Vinyl siding and accessories shall be installed in accordance with the
latest of installation instructions by the Vinyl Siding Institute of the Society of
the Plastics Industry, Inc.
WHEN USING FIBER -REINFORCED CEMENT SIDING
1. Fiber -reinforced horizontal cement siding shall be Colorplus Prefinished
Hardiplank lap siding, 5/16" thick with 7 1/4" width and 6" exposure, Select
Cedarmill finish, color "Navajo Beige - JH30-10", manufactured by James
Hard! Building Products, Inc., or approved equal. Accessories are to be
Prefinished Hardi accessories, color "Navajo Beige - JH30-10", or wood trim
painted to match the siding. Accessories, touch-up paint, caulk and colored
nails in the specified color are available thru Hardi Building Products.
2. Fiber -reinforced cement Vertical siding shall be "Hardiplank" Vertical siding,
"Cedarmill" finish, color "Navajo Beige with grooves on 8" centers as
manufactured by James Hardie Building Products Inc. or approved equal.
3. Installation as per manufacturers instructions, using approved methods and
materials.
SECTION 07510 - MOWED BITUMEN ROOFING SYSTEM.
1. Roofing System: GAF Spec N-8-3-M hot mopped system nailable deck
(formerly BF-200-N).
A. Perform Work in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Roof work shall be on Florida's approved materials list.
2. MATERIALS
A. Material Requirements:
1. 1 ply base sheet, #75 base sheet
2. Two pieces type IV membrane
3. 1 ply glass granule cap sheet.
B. Flashing and Accessories.
3. INSTALLATION
A. all work to be performed by a GAF certified roofing contractor.
B. Work shall only begin when the contractor has decided to his satisfaction
that all specifications are workable as specified, and that the contractor
can meet project requirements.
C. Unload and handle all roofing and construction materials with care.
D. Reference manufacturers installation manual for mechanical attachment of
base sheets.
E. GAF Membrane: Refer to manufacturers installation manual for application.
SECTION 07530 -
MEMBRANE ROOFING SYSTEM
1. Description of Work: The work includes providing a single -ply membrane
mechanically attached 7ocf system, complete with all associated flashing,
pitch pockets, sealants, sulks, mechanical fasteners, and accessories
necessaryfor a waterti f t system. Roofing system shall be two art TPO
9 ys 9 Ys P
single ply membrane or Elvaloy single plymembrane as manufactured by J.P.
Stevens Elastomerics Co or equal. A fully adhered system is an
acceptable alternate.
2. Warranty. The Contractor shall furnish to the Owner a written ten-year
warranty, signed by the Contractor and installer, for the total roofing system
at no expense to the Owner or Franchisee.
3. Materials: Primary roofing materials shall be from only one
manufacturer, to
the greatest extent poss'ble. Provide secondary materials (materials not
available from the primary roofing materials manufacturer) only when
recommended by manufacturer of the primary materials.
4. Installation of membrane roofing shall be in accordance with the
manufacturer's printed i structions and the on -site instructions of the
manufacturer's representative. All pipe or conduit penetrations through the
roof shall be flashed with flashing, boot and sealed to the pipe with pipe
clamps and sealants.
For additional inform tion on this specification, warranty
contact JPS EI stomerics CorpTechnical requirements, etc. 0 a
qr P
Services at 1-413-552-1013
5. Roof work shall be on Florida's approved materials list.
SECTION 07600 - S&I7 MIET AL
1. The fabrication and instahation of sheet metal work shall be in accordance
with the details on the drawings, and the "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual"
published by the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National
Association. i
2. Sheet metal flashings, gutters, metal drip edge, downspouts, and trim shall be
fabricated from 24 gauge paint grip zinc coated steel. See Architectural
Drawings for specific details for gutter installation. Metal coping shall be
fabricated from 22 gauge paint grip zinc coated steel (See Drawings).
3. Downspouts shall be fabricated in accordance with Plate 32, Figure B of the
Architectural Sheet Meta Manual. Hangers shall be 1/16 inch x 1 inch
galvanized steel, installed at not over 6'-0" centers, and not less than three
(3) per downspout. Fasten hangers to wall with noncorrosive fasteners. Lap
downspout joints 1 1/2 riches minimum in direction of water flow.
4. Floshings shall be installed to conform with shapes and sizes as shown on
drawings. Lap splice ens minimum of 4 inches and seal contact surfaces
with plastic cement. Seal at ends by turning back min. 1 inch and set in
plastic cement. Separate all dissimilar materials surfaces with mastic or
asphaltic paint.
5. All sheet metal fabrications shall be painted as specified in Section 09900,
and in strict accordance with the exterior finish schedule on the drawings.
6. Conceal all fasteners, in sheet metal fabrications where possible. Exposed
fasteners, where indicated, shall match the color of surrounding material.
7. Work shall be done so as to ensure watertight construction. Make ample
provision for expansion nd contraction of sheet metal items. Joints shall be
soldered, lapped, riveted, locked or sealed as conditions warrant.
SECTION 07920 - JOINT SEALERS
SECTION 08.360 - 70MCAMPACT DOORS
1. Double acting aluminum doors for entry from Dining/Buffet to Kitchen shall be
model # LWP3, sized for 36" x 80" opening installed for single swing use. Finish
is "Satin Anodized" each side with 9 inch x 14 inch clear acrylic window as
manufactured by "Eliason Corporation".
Double acting 1 1/2" foam core Insulated perimeter sealed aluminum door for
Butcher Shoppe shall be model # FCG1, sized for 36" x 80" opening installed for
single9 swing use. Finish is "Satin Anodized each side with 9 inch x 74 inch
clear acrylic window and V-O* high stainless steel kick plate each side, as
manufactured by "Eliason Corporation - See door schedule & floor plan on the
drawings for location(s) and swing.
See Corporate Vendor List, sheet SP5 for contact & address.
2. "Eliason" double acting aluminum doors shall be installed in a
single swing application using manufacturer's hardware and instructions.
SECTION 08400 - ALLNtYNUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS
1.
Furnish all necessary materials, labor and equipment for the
complete installation of the aluminum storefront and doors as
shown on the drawings and specified herein . Refer to door
schedule on the drawings for location.
2.
Drawings and specifications are based upon the TRIFAB 11 451 Series
with Seriers 3501R doors as manufactured by the Kawneer Company,
Inc."
Whenever substitutes are to be considered, supporting technical
literature, samples drawings and
pperformance data must be
submitted to the Architect ten (10)
days prior to bid in order
to make a valid comparison of the product involved. All doors &
frames
shall be on Florida s approved materials list.
3.
Resistance to corner racking shall be tested by the Dual
Moment Load test as follows:
A. Test section shall consist of a standard top door corner
assembly. Side rail section shall be 24 inches long and
top rail section shall be 12 inches long.
B. Anchor "top rail" positively to test bench so that corner
protrudes 3 inches beyond bench edge.
C. Anchor a lever arm positively to "side rail" at a point
19 inches from Inside edge of top rail'. Attach weight
support
pad at a point 19 inches from inner edge of
"side
rail".
D. Test section shall withstand a load of 270 pounds on the
lever arm before reaching the point of failure, which
shall be considered a rotation of the lever arm in excess
of 45 degrees.
4.
All exposed framing surfaces shall be free of scratches and
other serious blemishes. Aluminum moldings shall be given a
caustic etch followed by an anodic oxide treatment to obtain
on Architectural Class I Clear Anodic Coating conforming with
Aluminum Association Standard AAM12C22A41/44 - Color
to be Clear Aluminum .
5.
Hardware for the entrance door and frame shall be as follows:
All hardware marked (*) shall meet ADA requirements.
SET
HARDWARE MANUF/MODEL
FINISH
HW-1
(1) 1 1/2 Pair 4 1/2"x4" ball bearing butts Kawneer
657
(*)(1) Panic Hardware Kawneer - Dor-O-Matic
US26D
1990 - Concealed Rod
*)(1) Closer, Surface Mounted Norton 1605
US26D
(*)(1) Push/Pull Kawneer style F-2
US32D
(*)(1) Threshold 1/2%4"06" Kawneer
Mill
(1) Sealair Weathering System Kawneer
HW-tA
(2) 1 1/2 Pair 4 1/2%*" ball bearing butts Kawneer
657
*)(1) Panic Hardware Kawneer - Dor-O-Matic
US26D
1990 - Concealed Rod
(*)(2) Closer, Surface Mounted Norton 1605
US26D
(*)(2) Push/Pull Kawneer style F-2
US32D
(*)(1) Threshold 1/2"x4"x72" Kawneer
Mill
(1) Sealair Weathering System Kawneer
1. The work required under )I this section includes caulking of all joints around 6. The door stile and the rail face dimensions of the Series 350
windows, doors, storefroht, expansion joints, between dissimilar materials entrance door will be as follows:
FLASHINGS AND ACCESSORIES (where indicated on draings) and as otherwise required for a complete and
watertight installation. A. Vertical Stiles: 3 1/2 inches.
wa
A. Mop in and seal flashings and flanges of items penetrating membrane with two B. Top Rail: 3 1/2 inches
plies of felt. C. Bottom Rail: 12 inches
2. Exterior sealant shall be a one -part Thioko base Polysulfide or G.E. silicone
sealant; color to be compatible with adjoining surfaces. Corner construction shall consist of mechanical clip
4. WARRANTY fastening, SIGMA deep penetration and fillet welds. Glazing
A. Warranty must be specified prior to installation. 3. Clean all joints before caulking; apply primer where required and in quantities shall be hook -in type with EPDM glazing gaskets.
() year for both Co 1. One 1 orate and Franchise locations. as recommended by m ufacturer. Apply under pressure, tool slightly concave
rp and tim afterwards 7. All items under this heading shall be set in correct locations Cigan all adjacent surfaces after caulking, irregular, as shown in the details and shall be level, square and plumb,
For additional information on this specification, warranty "wary" or otherwise unprofessional caulking will be rejected. and in alignment with other work in accordance with the
requirements, etc., contact GAF Technical Services hotline at manufacturer's installation instructions and approved shop
1-800-746-3411 drawings. All joints between framing and the building
4. Provide closed cell backer rods when required by joint design. structure shall be sealed in order to secure a watertight
installation.
5. Application: All seakinti required shall be as follows: 8. Drawings and Specifications are based upon the "TRIFAB 11 451"
framing system as manufactured by the Kawneer Company, Inc.
$���0(ZK A. Interior Whenever substitute products are to be considered, supporting
$ at Stained we d: C-940 Cedar 20 year Slliconized technical literature, samples, drawings, and performance data
deo �\O@\ Caulking No. 151-0544 must be submitted ten (10) days prior to bid in order to make
P\\ QR o, RO *1 at Wallpaper: lliconized Caulking - Almond Color a valid comparison of the products involved. Test reports
I'�'0 (i logs certified by an independent test laboratory must be made
�\J$ �® ( Q�G (o B. Exterior available upon request.
\14,5 R<JTGR SS. Glass at windows: Clear Silicone (k\ $V8 V F\EL� V \%A 0 C;00 Wood to Wood Silicone; match paint color 9. Air infiltration shall be tested in accordance with ASTM E
P\.\D\)\R�Q9 G�$cuj Wood to Brick: Silicone, match paint color 283. Infiltration shall not exceed 0.06 CFM per SF of fixed
�Efd E N� \ PQQ area.
C. Equipment: C ear Silicone
Water infiltration shall be tested in accordance with ASTM E
w 8 lbs. per
Q 331. No water penetration at a test pressure of
�oMFILECOPYSF.
Structural performance shall be based on a maximum deflection
- of 1/175 of the span.
AND QLIJM The system shall perform to these criteria under a windload of
23 Ibs per SF.
SECTION 0611®- DOORS AND FRAMES 10. All exposed surfaces shall be free of scratches and other
serious blemishes and shall receive an Architectural Class I
1. Hollow metal framed shall be 16 gauge standard steel or Color Anodic Coating con rming with Aluminum Association
9 9 Standard AA-M12C22A42 44. Color: "Clear Aluminum".
drrall type frames (see drawings). Frames shall be cold
ro led steel, mitered, fitted, continuously welded or
interlocked, as req'!red by fabricator. Furnish three anchors 11. The framing system shall provide for flush glazing on all
per jamb. Reinfor a frames for all hardware as scheduled. sides with no projecting stops. Vertical and horizontal
Shop prime with met inhibitive paint. framing members shall have a nominal face dimension of 2
inches. Overall depth shall be 4 1/2 inches. Entrance
2. Steel doors shall b flush type, 16 gauge cold rolled steel, framing members shall be compatible with glass framing in
with reinforced face sheets and insulated filler material. appearance. All single acting entrance frames shall include
Reinforce doors for all hardware as scheduled. Rated doors) the Sealer positive barrier weathering.
shall be furnished with UL lobel(s) as required. Shop prime
all doors with rust inhibitive paint. 12. Ail glass framing shall be set in correct locations as shown
in the detalls and shall be level, square, plumb, and in
3. For information contact B.A. Holt, Inc. or Martin Architectural alignment with other work in accordance with the
Products, Inc. Se Corporate Vendor List, sheet SP5 for contact manufacturer's installation instructions and approved shop
& address. drawings. All joints between framing and the building
$ structure shall be sealed in order to secure a watertight
4. In lieu of 'Curries' allow metal doors Fleming Door Products, Ltd, installation.
will be specified per Florida Building Department of Community 13. After installation, the General Contractor shall adequately
Affairs certification (http: //floridabuilding.org). protect exposed portions of aluminum surfaces from damage by
Fleming Door Products, Ltd. grinding and polishin compounds, plaster, lime, acid, cement,
Bud Bulley bbulley0flemingdoor.com
Exterior hollow metal swinging door
FL # 3341.1
Underwriters La oratories under Guide Reference ZHCW.R8930
UL classified windstorm resistant commercial hollow mtl. doors
5. All doors & frames shall be on Florida s approved materials list.
SECTION 08200 - WUW DOORS
1. Wood doors shall be solid lumber core with Type 1 Waterproof
Adhesive in core, stiles, and rails of the size and type
shown on plans. Doors shall conform to AN SLC-5.
2. Face veneer for wood doors including both faces and exposed
edges, shall be lumber stain grade birch, finished to match
decor trim.
c\ or other contaminants. The General Contractor shall be
responsible for final cleaning.
14. In lieu of Kawneer storefront door system Hollow Metal Inc. will
be specified per Florida Building Department of Community
Affairs certification (http: //floridobuilding.org).
Hollow Metal, Inc.
David Carter DCarterhmiChotmail.com
Double Door w/ side lites and transom
FL # 4736.1
Storefront double door w/ 6 clear side lites and 2 steel panels
15. All doors & frames shall be on Florida's approved materials list.
c3'Q
ba.3giw- F-36@
o
,go�z�Qi
ooi�<'odo �s�`"w3
w �w %g46VJJJJ F wy�y�" (�(//1�U�
WK2K
00
Z W mo- ¢rc
O N IN �UZ6ffi
Ti rc��ZZ bm�CZ'w <a,ZOF^�K�
Ua44 <�ffi5 F= FwtJ
y�SQZM<
KK S(J yMyy OE zx'E53 w�
�1aJ L2i�n n�o g
�LL ORF t. UG?O�ZZF
o�
m�
n
OW
� o
Q
ar
C
0
I
�
C)
Ld
Co
J
O
r
Irl
Q
CJ
�
w
Z
�2
a-
Q
=
C
2
rL
C
J
0
61
Revisions
THRU ADDENDUM "A"
1/20/06
1 Z,3\UPDAIE TO CURRENT STANDAMS 7/28/08
7 CODE COMMENTS 2/26/09
8 CODE COMMENTS 4/23/09
PROJECT DATE
04/02/08
DRAWN BY
LMHT
CHECKED BY
GRL
Sheet No
r
SECTION OBWO - VINYL WINDOWS
1.
Provide vinyl windows as supplied by Brooks Building products.
See Vendor list on Sheet SP5 for
contact information.
2.
Windows shall be Phillips Products 2040 vinyl picture window. Provide
jamb
extensions as req'd.
3.
Sizes:
a) Single - 2846 (modular) (R.O.
- 33" x 57 5/8")
b) Twin - (2)2846 (modular) (R.O.
- 68 1/4" x 57 5/8")
4.
All windows shall be on Florida's approved materials list and
meet local wind and impact loads.
SECTION 06710 - FINISH HARDWARE
1.
The hardware supplier shall furnish
a finish hardware schedule
listing all materials by sets.
2.
The hardware supplier shall furnish
hardware templates to the
door and frame manufacturer, as
required.
3.
When the hardware is delivered to
the job, the Contractor
shall receive it, check it against the hardware schedule, and
store it in a safe place under lock and key. After
installation, protect all items against damage until final
inspection.
4.
All hardware indicated thus (*) shall meet local ADA requirements.
5.
Hardware Schedule
SET
HARDWARE
MANUF/MODEL
FINISH
HW-1
See Storefront Section 08400.5
HW-1A See Storefront Section 08400.5
HW-2
(1) 1 1/2 Poir 4 1/2" x 4 1/2" butts
Stanley FBB 179 NRP
US26D
(*)(1) Exit Device (Panic Bar) w/alarm
DCI 1210 AC
(1) Cylinder
Schlage 20-001
(*)(1) Closer, Surface Mounted
LCN 4111-SNB
(1) Weather Stripping
National Guard 160A
(*)(1) Threshold 1/2" x 4" x 36"
Mill
(1) Sweep 42"
National Guard 20ON
(*)(1) 2"0 Viewer
C. George & Assoc.
(1) Armor Plate 34" x 40"
Lindstrom
US32D
(i) Chain Guard
HW-3
(1) 1 1/2 Pair 4 1/2" x 4 1/2" butts
Stanley FBB 179
US26D
(*)(1) Pull 4" x 16"
Hager 33E
US26D
(*)(1) Push 4" x i6"
Hager 30S
US26D
(*)(1) Closer, Surface Mounted
LCN 4011-SNB
(1) Kick Plate 6" x 34'
Lindstrom
US32D
(1) Floor Stop
Baldwin 4010
US26D
(3) Silencers
Glynn Johnson GJ64
HW-4
(1) 1 1/2 Pair 4 1/2"x 4 1/2' butts
Stanley FBB 179 NRP
US26D
(*)(1) Exit Device (Panic Bar) w/alarm
DCI 1210 AC
(*)(1) Closer, Surface Mounted
LCN 4111-SNB
(1) Weather Stripping
National Guard 160A
(*)(1) Threshold 1/2" x 4" x 36"
Mill
(1) Sweep 36'
National Guard 20ON
(*)(i) Viewer
Ives 700
HW-5
HARDWARE BY DOOR MANUFACTURER
HW-6
(1) 1 1/2 Pair 4 1/2" x 4 1/2" butts
Stanley FBB 179
US26D
(1) Lockset
Schlage A20S PD-LEV
US26D
(3) Silencers
Glynn Johnson GJ64
HW- 7
(1) 1 1/2 Pair 4 1/2" x 4 1/2" butts
Stanley FBB 179 NRP
US26D
(1) Lockset
Schlage A53 PD-LEV
US26D
(3) Silencers
Glynn Johnson GJ64
(1) Weather Stripping
National Guard 160A
(*)(1) Threshold 1/2" x 4" x 36"
Mill
(1) Sweep 36"
National Guard 20ON
HW-8
(At Door 131)
(1) 1 1/2 Pair 4 1/2" x 4 1/2" butts
Stanley FBB 179 NRP
US26D
(1) Pull 4" x 16"
Hager 33E
US32D
(1) Push 4" x 16"
Hager 30S
US32D
(*)(1) Closer, Surface Mounted
LCN 4111-SNB
1 Weather Stripping
() PP 9
National Guard i60A
(1) Armor Plate 34" x 40"
Lindstrom
US32D
(1) S/S Kick Plate 34" x 40"
(1) Chain Guard
(1) Heavy Duty Spring Bolt
Stanley 1088
US2C
HW-9
(1) 1 1/2 Pair 4 1/2" x 4 1/2" butts
Stanley FBB 179
US26D
(1) Pull 4" x i6"
Hager 33E
US32D
(1) Push 4" x i6"
Hager 30S
US32D
(1) Closer
LCN 4111-SNB
(1) Armor Plate
Lindstrom
US26D
(3) Silencers
Glynn Johnson GJ64
(1) Weather Stripping
National Guard 160A
HW-10 At Banquet Room Door 108
(3) Pair Full Mortise Bearing Hinges
McKinney TA2714
US26D
(2) Sets Back to Back Mount Pull Plates
Rockwood 106x70C, 4"xl6"
US32D
(2) Type 5 Mounting Kits
Rockwood (for pull plates)
-
(2) Roller Latches
Don Jo 1704
US26D
(2) Metal Door Plates
Rockwood 6"x34"
US32D
(2) Wrought Wall Stops
Rockwood No. 409
US32D
(2) Door Silencers (packages of 100)
Rockwood No. 608
-
Note: Doors held open at 180 degrees
6.
For information contact: B.A. Haft
Inc. See Corporate Vendor
List,
sheet SP5 for contact and address.
SECTION DIEM - GLASS AND GLAZING
1.
Furnish all labor, material, and equipment required to install all glass,
storefront, glazing, and mirrors in accordance with the plans and
specifications and to the satisfaction of the General Contractor.
2.
Glass and glazing: Glass in all exterior walls shall be meet the
requirements of Florida's codes and be
on their approved materials
list. Glass in all windows on the south
and west sides must be
shaded bronze. Glass in all windows on the north and east sides
shall be clear. See sheet Ti for U-values and shading coefficients.
3. All glass in hazardous locations as perscribed by the local or
federal code must be tempered or safety glass. Subcontractor
shall check job for exact dimensions. Glass shall be installed
with trim and caulking as detailed on drawings.
4. Mirrors over restroom lavatories shall be 18 inches x 36 inches, full
length mirrors shall be 12 inches x 48 inches, as shown on drawings,
1/4 inch polished plate glass with electrolic-copper backing. Secure
to wall with concealed chrome anchors over each vanity.
5. Installation: All work shall be in strict accordance with FGMS
Glazing Manual Specifications and as described in the Glazing
Sealing Systems Manual of the Flat Glass Marketing.
6. Cleaning: The Contractor is to leave all glass and glazing clean and
free of stain, dirt, paint, excess caulking and stickers (wash clean).
The General Contractor will furnish an open container for the disposal of
trash and debris. It is the responsibility of Subcontractor to daily place
all trash and debris, caused by his work, into the container provided.
7. Warranty. The Subcontractor shall warrant for a period of one year, the windows
against water leaks, and the insulating glass units against stress breakage and
air leaks, and will replace free of charge any such damaged units.
DIVISION 9 - FINISHES
SECTION 002M - GYPSUM DRYWALL
1. Gyyppsum Board shall be 4 feet x 12 feet with taped edges as per
ASTM C-36, thickness as per drawings, Install Type-X Fire Rated
gypsum board where required by code.
2. Moisture resistant gypsum board, 4 feet x 12 feet, ends square
cut, square edges, per ASTM C630 where shown on the drawings.
Thickness as per drawings.
3. Corner beads shall be standard gypsum board corner beads with
1 inch x 1 inch galvanized steel, perforated flanges.
4. Metal trim to be U.S. Gypsum No. 200-A galvanized metal trim.
5. Joint reinforcement shall be U.S. Gypsum perforated tape.
6. Joint treatment cements shall be U.S. Gypsum joint and topping
compounds.
7. Adhesive shall be U.S. Gypsum drywall adhesive.
B. "Laticrete" Waterproofing Membrane:
Use Laticrete 9235 under tile and up walls in can wash and dishwash
area and all other wet areas as shown on Flooring Plan.
See Det. 4/A17. Install as per manufacturer recommendations.
9. Installation:
A. Drywall shall be protected from weather prior to and
after installation. Damaged panels shall be removed and
replaced.
B. The contractor shall check the alignment of framing
members and make necessary adjustments before proceeding
with application of the gypsum board.
C. Gypsum board shall be applied with reverse side against
the studs and with the separate boards in moderate
contacts. In no case shall the boards be forced into
place. End joints shall be staggered.
D. Gypsum board shall be applied with long dimension
perpendicular to studs.
E. All external corners shall be provided with corner beads
as specified.
F. Joint compound and topping compound shall be mixed in
accordance with printed instruction contained on the
package. Use three steps and sand after each step. All
gypsum board, including that installed behind ceramic
file must have hints taped and sanded. � p Gypsum board under
FRP wall finish shall not have joints taped or mudded.
G. Drywall shall be aligned and finished so as to present a
smooth, uniform surface for painting or decoration. Nail
and screw head shall be slightly depressed, but should
not crush or penetrate paper surface of drywall.
SECTION 09300 - 11.E WORK
1. General 3
A. The Contractor for tile work is to be responsible for an acceptable
completed installation and shall furnish all labor, materials, service facilities,
and transportation required for the areas to be tiled, and with complete
conformity to the type of tile, dimensions, colors, grades, patterns, and
necessary trim units as shown on drawings.
B. All tile to meet ANSI Ai37.2.
C. Ceramic wall tile, floor tile, and base shall be as indicated on the Room
Finish Schedule. Design and manufacturers are listed on the drawings.
2. Installation
A. Floors: All floor tile (except in coolers and dishwash area) to be installed
over concrete by the thin -set mortar bed method. Thin -set mortar shall be
mixed thoroughly and applied in strict accordance with manufacturers
printed instruction. Minimum thickness of setting bed shall be 1/8 inch.
Install with best practice of the trade in accordance with Tile Council of
American Basic Specifications F113.
1. Thick set tile in coolers shall be used to slope finish floor toward
door. Tile at door shall be flush w/normal thin set tile outside door.
Follow Tile Council of America Basic Specification F112.
2. Thick set tile in dishwash area to slope to trench drain.
B. Ceramic base tile shall have cove base and be fully adheared to wall. Backs
shall be completely buttered with adhesive.
C. Walls: Ceramic wall tile and base on gypsum board shall be installed per Tile
Council of America Specification No. W223 for Organic Adhesive.
D. Grout: Force rout into joints avoiding air traps or voids
g � g p ,and strike or tool
joints of tile to depth of cushion. Remove excess grout, check for gaps or
air holes.
E. Control Joints: Provide control joints at slab as noted on the drawings.
1. Workmanship
A. Work: All work shall be performed b qualified workmen in a manner p by
conforming to best current practice of the trade.
B. Cut and drill where necessary without marrying tile. Grind and carefully pint
any cut edges against other work.
C. Remove loose mortar or materials detrimental to bond before applying
setting beds.
D. Carefully lay out work to ensure straight joints and uniform width. Avoid
tile cuts less than half size.
4. Cleaningand Protection: At completion of installation
p ,thoroughly clean all
surfaces. Use of acid will not be permitted. Use clean water in initial cleaning.
Remove all stains, mortar, etc.
Tile and Grout Schedule and Colors: (Unless otherwise noted)
"American Olean', 'Dal -Tile" and "MOSA" (See Architectural Drawings for locations of
floor & wall tile) Use all Bullnoses, Comers & Special Trim as necessary.
E. Floor Tile in Front of Food Bar Areas
F2 12"x 12" Porcelain tile - Crossville Tile - Weatherstone Taupe Mist
B4 Tile Base - 6"x 12" tile cove base Crossville Tile Weatherstone Taupe
milt
Grout: TEC Color. #227 "light pewter*
F. Floor Tile & Base inside of Food Bar Areas
F3 Vx 6" Abrasive Quarry Tile - American Olean "Red Sure Step"
B2 Quarry Tile Base - American Olean "Red Sure Step"
Grout: HB Fuller FU 650 Sanded Grout - TEC Color: #941 "Raven"
G. Floor Tile and Base in Kitchen/Food Prep./Butcher Shop/Dry
Storage Areas:
F3 6"x 6" Abrasive Quarry Tile - American Olean "Red Sure Step"
B2 Quarry Tile Base - American Olean "Red Sure Step'
Grout: HB Fuller FU 650 Sanded Grout. TEC Color: #941 "Raven"
H. Floor Tile and Base in Dishwash Area:
F3 6"x 6" Abrasive Quarry Tile - American Olean "Red Sure Step"
82 Quarry Tile Base - American Olean "Red Sure Step"
Grout: 100% Epoxy Grout two part system
as manufactured by HB Fuller, FU 470 Epoxy Grout
Color: TEC Color: #941 "Raven"
AI. Floor Tile, Wall Tile, and Base in Toilet Rooms.
F4 12"x 12" Porcelain Tile by Daltile Ta01 Oro
Grout: CPB Color: #95 "Sable Brown"
W9 12"x 12" Porcelain Tile by Daltile TAO1 Oro (045 deg. to 72" A.F.F.)
Grout: CPB Color: #95 "Sable Brown"
J. Wall/Base Tile in Pagoda Station (Hot Bar/Dining side)
WI4 4 1/4" x 4 1/4' Ceramic Tile by American Olean:
Feld: #SL-11 "aosey Biscuit"
Accent: #]19 "Teal"
Grout: TEC Color: #288 -"Pearl"
B5 Ceramic Tile - American Olean #119 "Teal"
Grout: TEC Color: #988 -"Pearl"
For National Account information contact: Dal -Tile International
See Corporate Vendor List, sheet SP5 for contact and address.
SECTION 09510 - ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS
1. Public Areas C1
A. Acoustical ceiling tile shall be Cortege angled togular tile,
item 704, as manufactured by Armstrong World Industries, Inc.
24 inches x 24 inches x 5 8 inches thick, factory white
finish with tegular edges, UL certified NRC of 55 in compliance
with ASTM 423. Refer to Finish Schedule on drawings for location.
See Corporate Vendor List, sheet SP5 for contact & address.
B. Suspended grid system for Cortege tile shall be Prelude XL 15/16"
Exposed Tee Grid as manufactured by Armstrong World Industries, Inc.
Main beams and cross tees shall be commercial -quality hot dipped
galvanized steel coating as per ASTM A 635, with white aluminum
capping and shall conform to intermediate structural classification
of ASTM C635. Color matching white Armstrong tile. All wall
angles and corner caps shall be of like material and finish.
See Corporate Vendor List, sheet SP5 for contact & address.
2. Kitchen and Work Areas, Office, Meat Room, Mechanical Room and
Bakery. C2
A. Vin� laminated g sum panels shall be 24 inches
x 8 inches x I inch thick, washable, white VinylClad, item 670,
as manufacturedd by Armstrong World Industries, Inc. See Corporate
Vendor list, sheet SP5 for contact & address.
B. suspended grid system for VinylClad tile shall be AL Prelude Plus
15/16 Exposed Tee Grid as manufactured by Armstrong World
Industries, Inc. Main beams and cross tees shall be double web
aluminum with baked polyester white aluminum capping. All
wall angles and corner caps shall be of like material and finish.
See Corporate Vendor List, sheet SP5 for contact & address.
3. Install main runners with 12 go. wir s 0 4' -0" o.c. They shall
be looped thru clg. grid & twisted �3) turns minimum. They shall
be attached to TJI by drilling a 1/4 0 hole thru the web 4 above
bottom of bottom chord and twisted (31 turns minimum. They shall
be attached to LVL's by use of 1/4"x 2 screw eye installed on sides
of LVL 4" from bottom. The 12 ga. wire shall be looped thru eye
of screw eye and twisted (3) turns minimum.
A. Coordinate with HVAC and Electrical requirements.
SECTION DOW - FIBERGLASS REINFORCED POLYESTER
(FRP) BOARD
1• FRP board panels shall be 4'-0"x 8'-0" x 3/32 inch thick and 4'-0' x 9'-0"x
3/32 inch thick, white and/or grey in color with matching PVC moldings. Flame
spread shall be Class C and smoke developed under 450. Manufacturers shall be
Marlite, La-Lite, or Kemlite. Panels shall be stored indoors at ambient
temperature for 24 hours on end or edge on flat level surface and protected
from moisture.
2. Adhesive shall be solvent base waterproof and meet or exceed ASTM C-557.
Approved adhesives are Marlite Brand C-375, Panel Lock No. 22 by Miracle
Adhesives Corp., or No. 417 FRP Adhesive by W.W. Henry Company.
3. Walls must be dry, flat, and free of dirt, dust and grease. Remove high spots
and fill low spots. Panels tend to assume the contour of the surface to which
they are attached.
4. Cutting should be done with reinforced corborundum or carbide tipped blade.
NOTE: Protect eyes with goggles and cover nose and mouth with mask when
cutting.
5. Panels shall be installed vertically on walls using adhesive applied by a
specially -notched trowel to assure uniform coverage and according to the
adhesive manufacturers specification. No exposed fasteners shall be used.
6. Very Important: Leave a minimum of 1/4 inch gap at inside corner moldings
and 1/8 inch gap between edges of panel (top and bottom, side to side) and all
other moldings. DO NOT CONSTRICT panel edge with base, suspended ceiling grid
system, or moldings.
7. Moldings as recommended by the manufacturer, shall be used at all
panel edges. Use clear silicone sealant, as specifiedelsewhere in these
specifications. Injected into molding channels, between all moldings
and panel edges or other adjacent construction. Locations of panel
edges shall be coordinated with electrical boxes to avoid interference.
8. Color and location shall be as indicated on the Finish Schedule.
9• Acceptable alternate: Loscoboard 4'-0"x 8'-O"x.090" and
4'-0"x9'-0"x.090" FRP panels. Flex flat enhanced pebble/smooth,
color per Finish schedule with matching moldings.
10. See Corporate Vendor List, sheet SP5 for contact & address.
11. FRP board shall meet or exceed Interior Finish Class "B" classification.
SECTION OWO - KNOCKDOWN WALL SYSTEM
PART 1.0 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Sheetrock joint compound sprayed in dollops over the surface of the wall,
allowed to set briefly, and then lightly trowel to knock down" the tops of
the dollops, forming a rough, earthy, uneven finished surface. Knockdown
texture to the wallboard before painting. 1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit manufacturer's literature, installation, warranty for joint compound
and primer/ sealer to owner.
1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Delivery - the system shall be delivered to the job site in the
manufacturer's original packaging with manufacturer's Identification intact
and legible.
B. Storage & handling - the system shall be stored and handled in such a
way to protect against contact with water, exposure to weather, breakage
and damage.
1.4 LIMITATIONS
A. Temperature conditions - the system shall not be used in contact with
surfaces where temperatures exceed 120 degrees F.
1.5 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate work with electrical rough -in, corner, butts, mold trims and
adjacent surfaces with edges.
PART 2.0 - PRODUCTS A
2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER
SHEETROCK0 Brand
BEADEXA Brand
SHEETROCKA Brand All -Purpose Joint Compounds
PART 3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Mix joint compound and water. Make a mixture that is thin enough to flow
through the spray gun but thick enough to stick to the wall.
B. Put the mixture into the spray gun. Spray a few pieces of paper to make
sure the nozzle is on the right setting. Adjust the nozzle and the
compressor until you get the spray effect you desire.
C. Spray the walls, leaving a fairly even pattern. Allow the wall to have
different thicknesses of the mixture, but keep one general look to the
walls. Mix the smaller and larger blobs of the mixture instead of
concentrating on the smaller blobs on one part of the wall.
D. Allow the joint compound to dry for about 20 minutes, until it is tacky
but not dry.
E. Take a knockdown knife and slice through the joint compound blobs. Hit
them quickly in order to knock the ends off without smearing the
compound. Leave a rough texture on the wall and let the wall dry for at
least a day.
F. Prime the wall and paint over the texture with Sherwin Williams "Harvester"
#SW6373.
3.2 WARRANTY
A. Materials are guaranteed with respect to uniformity and quality within
manufacturers' specifications. Seller makes no other warranty, expressed or
implied, regarding the use of its products and is good as the installer.
SECTION OOM - ENTRY FLOOR COVERING
1.5 General: WAMAT "Needle Punch" floor covering with Manni-Tac
reinforced composite secondary backing, as manufactured
by Mannington Commercial.
2. Materials and Installation
A. 60% nylon, 40% polyester; .180" pile height; 280" total
thickness; pile weight 24 ounces; 6 ft. standard width.
B. Install using Parabond M4277 pressure sensitive
adhesive applied by paint roller or trowel. Use
Mannington multi-tec seam sealer (#MT-800).
There should be a one -eighth to one -quarter inch
bead of sealer on the seam. (Mannington multi-tec
#MT-900 is used as seam sealer cleaner.)
Transition the walk -off mat so that the top of the mat
meets the top of the tile for a smooth flat transition
to avoid tripping.
E. Exterior Fascias, gutters, downspouts, trim at wood windows, exposed LVL
beams & end caps, exterior of doors, door frame & door trim at door
No.'s 106, 108B, 113, 128A, 128E & 129.
2 coats (total) required - (1 Primer, 1 Final)
2 Coats: Sherwin Williams - "Wool Skein'! SW6148
Product # 100 Latex - Semi -gloss
F. Paint all exposed gas piping on kitchen area and on roof
2 coats (total) required - (1 Primer, 1 Final)
2 coats: Match Exterior(Rust Inhibiting)
G. Paint all Interior dining room area as per "Knock Down Wall" system. See
section 09560 for details.
3 2 Coats: Sherwin Williams - 6387 Compatible Cream
in Customer areas, miscellaneous exposed metal, including interior of
4 doors and frames, paint to match adjacent wall color)
H. Interior Cementitious Deck, LVL, duct etc. above Wood Grid at Serving
Area
2 coats (total) required.
2 Coats: Semi -Transparent Stain- match STATES "Victoria finished'
I. Queing Rails
(2 coats required - 1 Primer, 1 Final)
Color: Cedar Bark
Product: Semi -Transparent Stain
Base Color: No. A14T5
Spray Formula: B-1 Black 5/32
Y-3 Deep Gold 1 oz.
R-2 Maroon 6/32
Finish with fine sanding and 2 coats polyurethane.
SECTION DOM - PRIMNISHED PANEiJNG
1. Prefinished paneling texture and finish shall be STATES "Victoria finished"
-Beaded Series. 1/4 inch thick x 4'-0" x 8'-0" sheets as manufactured
by States Industries. Refer to Finish Schedule for locations.
See Corporate Vendor List, sheet SP5 for contact & address.
2. Adhesives shall be mildew and fungus -resistant as recommended and
approved by the manufacturer.
3. Prefinished paneling shall meet or exceed Interior Finish Class "B" classification.
�SEC110N OM - CARPET 3.
1. General:
OW
Fi Carpet-"1270P_"floor covering as manufactured by Patcraftl. ' (S�® ®WS
See detail 6/A4 for carpet to tile transition. �$ PND ENV RRE RS 1NPi
NESE P� ECi 1 �' S CA( 10
U1RED 9 SPR`t dtd ORDECODE4.
SEC110N 09900 - PAINTING REMP� BE NEgthS+, r�PPLaCPB�
1. All materials used under painting contract shalt`Sherwin-wlliams" and
shall be delivered to the job site in the original sealed containers. Equal
products by "Glidden Paints" and "Pittsburg Paints" are acceptable substitutes,
provided specified colors are matched. Specific color requirements are listed
within this specification, on the Door Schedule and Room finish Schedule on
drawing A3 and A4. 5.
2. Application:
A. Before any work is done, the Contractor will prepare color and texture
samples on the job for the Owner's or Franchisee's approval.
B. No exterior paint shall be applied in temperature below 50' F. and all
surfaces shall be thoroughly dry prior to application.
C. All metal surfaces shall be solvent cleaned to remove grease and oil and 7.
shall have all loose rust and scale removed before painting. New
galvanized iron surfaces shall be further cleaned with a strong detergent
such as Trisodium Phosphate.
D. Paint one coat on the top and bottom edges of all doors, both metal 8.
and wood after doors have been fitted.
E. Items shall be given the number of coats hereinafter specified in addition
to any shop coats specified elsewhere.
F. Varnishes and enamels shall be lightly sanded and then dusted before
succeeding coat is applied.
G. No interior painting or finishing shall be permitted until the General
Contractor so authorizes. Follow the manufacturer's printed
recommendations for drying time before succeeding coats may be
1' d
Toilet Partitions shall be overhead braced with all face and edges 1/16
inch general purpose laminated plastic, all in accordance with NEMA
Standards. Doors and panels finished thickness to be 1 inch. Pilaster
finished thickness to be 1 3/4 inch.
Doors, panels and pilasters shall be constructed of a sandwich of laminated
plastic bonded under pressure to a solid particle board core with the
highest quality resin adhesive assuring a rigid permanent bond. Door to be
pre -notched and recessed to accommodate concealed controlled gravity
type hinges. Where doors or pilasters are notched and recessed for
hardware and fittings, the exposed core shall be sealed against moisture.
Panels and pilasters shall be attached to one another or to walls with
heavy heat -treated polished and anodized extruded aluminum or Zamac
chrome plated brackets. Doors shall be equipped with stop and keeper,
combination coat hook and bumper, and concealed lock with emergency
access. All door hardware shall be heavy on -piece non-ferrous "Zamac"
castings, heavily chrome plated. All hardware except coat hook and
bumper shall be thru-bolted with hex bolts having theft -proof heads.
Stiles shall have a 3 inch high floor plinth of stainless steel.
Toilet partition finish in shall be plastic laminate by Wilsonart: "Antique
Brush" No. 4823-60, in Women's restroom, and Men's restroom. Toilet
3
partition type shall be "Metropolitan", Urinal Screen (where applicable)
be type WH as manufactured by Knickerbocker Partition Corporation,
Freeport, New York or equal. Contact: See Corporate Vendor List,
sheet SP5 for contact and address.
Installation shall be in accordance with the approved shopdrawings and
manufacturer's instructions. A complete set of drawings, complete with
plans, elevations and details of construction shall be supplied by the
manufacturer. Shop drawings shall be reviewed and approved by the
General Contractor before manufacture and shipping.
Contractor shall provide and install (w/necessary blocking) one each 42 and
36 inches long x 1 1/2 inches in diameter zinc coated grab bars for each
handicapped toilet stall to meet requirements of the ADA & local codes.
Miscellaneous hardware, i.e. soap dispensers, paper towel dispensers, and
toilet tissue dispensers, shall be coordinatedwith the Owner or Franchisee
at each location. These items are furnished by the product supplier, and
installed by the General Contractor.
apple . hg station are furnished by the Furnishings & Equipment Contractor
H. All gypsum drywall surfaces shall be primed with Pro stalled by the General Contractor.
d latex all rim rior t
i mente w i er i o receivin it's fin h wILE P9 P P 9 0cPtureYdar:,e restroom counters are furnished/installed by the General Contractor,
to be painted or receive vinyl wall covering.
I. After interior prime coats have been applied, all remaining necessary
puttying or spackling of nail holes, cracks, and blemishes shall be
completed.
3. Paint Color Schedule: (Sherwin-Williams 1 Gallon Formulasl
A. Interior cementitious ceiling Decking
(2 coats required - 1 Primer, 1 Final)
Color: Pure White J7005
Product: Sherwin-Williams
B. Interior L.V.L. Beams & Plywood Trim between L.V.L. beams, interior
drywall, interior wood (all wood windows, wood trim, Suspended Wood
Grid and wood doors; each side of wood doors and metal frames).
Interior Metal .
(3 coats (total) required - (1 Primer, 2 Final)
Primer Coat: Semi -Transparent Stain -match Victoria Finish
Exposed Interior Miscellaneous Metal (in kitchen area, including
kitchen side of all doors & frames, paint to match adjacent wall).
(3 coats (total) required - (1 Primer, 2 Final)
C. Interior metal pipe supports at queuing area.
(3 coats (total) required - (1 Primer, 2 Final)
Primer Coat: Xim Sealer -Primer tinted to match
Sherwin-Williams - "Black".
2nd & 3rd Coat: DTM Industrial and Marine Coating high gloss
Sherwin Williams paint #B66-W111
Color: 'Black" BM 13-3
D. Exterior underside of exposed cementitious or plywood decking or T & G
soffit.
2 coats (total) required.
MATCH Ells COLOR
Mens Room: synthetic marble as manufactured by Marquee - cultured marble
#108 White with blue heron vein
Warrens Room: synthetic marble as manufactured by Marquee - cultured marble
#157 White with rose dawn vein
A. See corporate vendor list, Sht. SP5 for contact & address.
DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT
SECTION 11172 - WASTE COMPACTOR
1. Waste compactor shall be furnished by the Owner or Franchisee,
installation and final connection by supplier. Refer to Site Plan for
location and Electrical Plan for disconnect location.
2. Compactor shall have a remote power pack complete with weather cover.
Motor is ten (10 horsepower, 3 phase, 208/230 volts. NSWM Rating to be
1.15 cubic yards. Controls shall be a three (3) push button control with
deadman and key lock start button.
Capacity. GC 108 = 20 cubic yards
GC 11M = 17 cubic yards
GC 11S = 17 cubic yards
DIVISIONS 12 - FURNISHINGS
SECTION 12M - FURNITURE
1. Booth vinyl shall be Patriot Plus Burgundy by manufacturer Spralding
Interational Inc. (See Coastal Equipment Co. contact information)
Chair vinyl shall be Universal MT-18 Cinnabar by manufacturer Naugahyde
(See Coastal Equipment Co. contact information)
2. Furniture laminate shall be Edenwood by manufacturer Nevamor. (See Coastal
Equipment Co. contact information)
DIVISIONS 13, 14 (NOT USED)
Project No.05125.00
� m
M
`YI II ,i N m
M a
0
P
�® Vv
� z�
w
ul�y Ea
G a
rf01 p
V{ q
y n
m
AO
Q 6 O
�v
L „<
m
ElU x� vm ZIP
A "
U ,n C
0 0
`2F
KW to $ =<o
6jrw259=oi , :
x
,na-9 Wow
o?W<oz ��a6
WSW �$UO Oj��
id Y�a1¢�aJ $gZ
Z V1WWm� <ptpi<w U��ZZo
OF�j�N ��IJNW dN3i5
ai =�noa oho TjTj���
N�$Z�Wp2�WZ `WmLL'
Zm6U<Z<2Y O jyiii OK
W7oZ zur, rGf'oZ
rcrc xUOO� (�«
WW zWE
WW W<WOF Fa $a�w go=oozy
00
°J n
n
;ac
o�
® Ld in
p� Z
j O
ad p O
W
CJ =i [L O_
Z Tn
Q = 0 �
LL� U O
J J
Revisions
THRU ADDENDUM "A"
1/20/O6
(,OPOAiE 10 gAMT STANAM 7/28/011
4 CITY COMMENTS 1/5/09
PROJECT DATE
04/02/08
DRAWN BY
LMHT
CHECKED BY
GIRL
Sheet No
SP4
L: \ZUUb\Ua1ZD\SF'4AAK4.awq Jan 9, 2UU9-1U:32am
DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL
SECTION 15400 - PLUMBING
1. Work shall be performed by mechanics skilled in their
respective trades and shall present appiearance typical of best
trade practice. Work not installed ' t p e In h s manner shall be
repaired or replaced. Work shall be in accordance with all
state and locally enforced plumbing codes.
2. Cost for all connection fees, permits, tests, and inspections
shall be aid by the Plumbing Contractor. Furnish three (3)
copies ofinspectioncertificate before requesting final
payment.
3. Exterior utilities shall have a minimum earth cover of 36
inches unless indicated otherwise. Grade for soil and waste
lines shall be 1 /4 inch per foot (min.) for sizes 2 inches and
smaller and 1/8 inch per foot (min.) for sizes 3 inches and larger.
4. All equipment and materials shall be installed in accordance
with manufacturer's recommendations.
5. Contractor shall furnish and install any auxiliary lines, or
accessories necessary for the proper functioning of the
equipment and systems,whether or not specified or indicated on
the plans.
6. Contractor shall provide in walls behind fixtures, adequate
wood blocking for fixture hanger plates. Plates shall be 1
secured to blocking as per manufacturer's instructions.
7. The entire plumbing system shall be tested under normal
operating temperatures and 150% of normal operating pressures 1
and the contractor shall demonstrate that all parts shall
function properly. Leave all exposed pipin fixtures,
fittings, etc., in a clean and like new condition.
B. Soil, Waste and Vent Piping 1
A. Unless otherwise specified on the drawings Soil waste and
vent piping larger than 2 inches, and all ppipingg in earth shall be
PVC plastic pipe and fittings conforming to ASTM-D2665,
ASTM D2949, or service wei ht cast iron ipe shall be packed
with oakum and caulked wigg p
th poured lead or may be Elastomeric
0-ring type.
B. Waste and vent piping 2 inches and smaller except as
otherwise noted shall be PVC conforming to ASTM-D2665 and
ASTM-D2949.
C. Provide cleanouts as indicated and required by codes.
Cleanouts inside building shall be as listed on plans.
D. Test all soil, waste, and vent piping to meet all code requirements.
Test shall prove the complete absence of leaks with not less than
10 feet head of water. Water shall be maintained in the system for
15 minutes before inspection starts. Prior to fixtures being set,
a water test with a water column extended through the roof of
the building.
9. Hot and Cold Water Piping
A. Hot and cold water pi ing above ground shall be Type "M"
hard drawn copper tubing assembled with wrought sweat
fittings. All water piping below grade or below concrete
slab shall be Type L , copper tubing. Joints in copper tubing
shall be made with silver solder similar or equal to Sil-Phos.
B. Subject hot and cold water piping to hydrostatic test of
150 pounds for a period of twenty-four (24) hours. Hot
and cold water piping shall be thoroughly flushed with
water and then filled with a chlorine solution of 50
parts per million and let stand for eight (8) hours. The
chlorine solution shall be drained and piping flushed
with clean water prior to operation. A residual chlorine
level of 1 part per million shall be retained.
10. Gas Piping
A. The contractor shall arrange with the Local Gas Company
to make connection to the gas main, to extend the service
pipe to the meter, and provide meter, valves, etc. as
required by local gas company. Contractor shall obtain
and pay for service and meter. Gas service shall be of
sufficient size to provide the flow of gas per hour as
indicated on the drawings.
B. Gas piping above floor inside building or on roof shall
be standard weight Schedule 40 black iron threaded pipe
assembled with 150 pound ASA malleable iron fittings.
Make all threaded joints using joint compound on male
threads only.
C. Gas piping below grade outside building shall be coated
with a fusion bonded epoxy at a p y thickness not less than
12 mils using electrostatic deposition and shall be
Scotchkote. Field joints shall be covered with not
less than 10 mils of the some material
provided by Manufacturer.
D. Provide a lever handle gas cock, dirt leg, and union at
point of connection to each piece of gas equipment.
E. All gas piping shall be tested by applying an air
pressure of 100 pounds per square inch (psi) for a period
of not less than two (2) hours and checking all joints
with a solution of soap and water. Test shall prove the
complete absence of leaks.
11. Drain piping and fittings above the roof may be galvanized 1
steel pipe, DWV copper drain pipe or PVC plastic pipe. Drain
piping above suspended ceilings to floor drain shall be PVC
plastic pipe. PVC plastic pipe shall have solvent cement
socket type fittings and pipe conforming to ASTM-D1785,
Schedule 40, and D2466 or D2665. Maximum distance between
pipe supports for PVC piping shall be 4'-0".
12. Fixtures:
1
A. All plumbing fixtures shall be as listed on the plans.
B. All exposed fittings, supplies, traps, etc., shall be
chrome plated.
C. The connection of fixture traps from lavatories to waste
pipe shall be made with PVC plastic, or DMV copper pipe.
13. Valves
A. Water valves shall be Hammond, Cast Bronze, BV811-T OR
BV812-T, flow port.
B. Gas valves shall be Walworth 554 or 1797E.
14. Hangers shall be split ring type secured to building
construction with rods. Install hangers on outside of
insulation with sheet metal saddle between hanger and
insulation.
1
15. Provide chrome plated plates around all exposed bare and
insulated piping passing through floors, walls or ceilings.
16. Flash vents through roof with 4 pound sheet lead extending 12 1
inches around pipe. Extend flashing to top of pipe and turn
down inside at least 1 inch.
17. Pipe Insulation
A. All hot and cold water piping in walls, above ceilings,
and exposed shall be Insulated with an insulation having
a maximum K factor of 0.27, flexible elastomeric thermal
type insulation similar to Armafiex (Armacell SS)
Longitudinal seams shall be sealed. Lateral seams (butt
joints) shall be sealed on cold water pipes only. Thickness
shall be 1/2" for cold water pipes up to 1 1/4"O and 1" for
for cold water pipes 1 1/2"O and greater.
Thickness shall be 1" min. for all hot water pipes.
B. Insulate fittings continuous, but do not insulate valve
bodies nor fixture supplies.
SECTION 15500 - HEATING. VENTILATING. AND AR CM71ONM
1. Work included under this Division consists of providing
everything required to construct and install a complete and
proper operating mechanical systems as specified, indicated
and elsewhere required.
2. Materials shall bear Underwriter's Label where such standards
have been established and listed by Underwriter's
Laboratories, Inc.
3. Materials, equipment, and appliances shall conform to latest
industry standards.
4. Installation shall be in accordance with all applicable codes
and regulations enforced by local authorities. In the event
of no local authority, current national codes shall govern.
7' \2005\05125\SP5AAR3.dwel Jul 29,E 2008-11: 07am
5. Use extreme care in the installation of equipment to insure
6.
7.
8.
9.
1
that noise and vibration are held to an absolute minimum.
Correct objectional noise and vibration. Provide vibration
eliminators required for proper results.
Cost for all fees, permits, tests, and inspections shall be
paid for by the Mechanical Contractor.
Make known arrangement of work and check arrangement and
location of other trades to avoid conflicts. Examine drawings
of other trades to determine exact equipment locations for
1
rough in.
Mechanical Contractor shall provide to the Owner or Franchisee
all operation and maintenance manuals in two (2) copies.
Contractor shall instruct the Owner or Franchisee OR the
Owner's or Franchisees representative in the operation of all
equipment.
Notify the General Contractor 24 hours in advance when piping
or equipment is to be tested, before piping is insulated or
concealed, and before trenches are backfilled. Failing to
comply, Contractor shall uncover
p y, rand retest lines, repairing
any damage to other Contractors work as well as his own.
0. Before requesting final payment, inspect installation to
assure that work is complete and requirements of contract have
been fulfilled.
1. The Mechanical Contractor shall do cutting and patching
required for installation of work. Do no more cutting than is
necessary. Cutting of structural members will not be
permitted.
2. Rooftop heating and cooling units shall be self-contained and
1
designed, constructed, rated, and tested in accordance with
ARI Standard 210. Units shall be by Lennox or Trans as alternate.
A. Unit enclosures shall be steel with factory applied
corrosion and weather resistant finish. Provide gasketed
removable panels or access doors for access to all
internal parts. All joints shall be air and water tight.
Enclosure shall be insulated in all areas of contact with
conditioned or return air streams.
B. Compressors shall be of the hermetic type and shall be
complete with internal thermal and overload protection in
each leg, and service valves. For 10 ton units and
above, controls shall consist of low pressure cutout,
high pressure cutout, and high pressure relief.
Ma netic contactor fo g s r compressor motors shall
be located in unit control panel. Provide standard one
(1) year parts, five (5) year compressor and one (1) year
Mechanical Contractor
labor warranty.
C. Condenser coil shall consist of non-ferrous tubing with
mechanically bonded aluminum fins.
D. Condenser fans shall be propeller type. Fan motors shall
2
have thermos and over -current protection. Magnetic
contractors for fan motors shall be located in unit
control panel.
E. Evaporator Coils shall consist of copper tubing with
aluminum fins mechanically bonded to tubes Coils shall
be provided with liquid line dryer.
F. Supply air fan shall be of the belt driven centrifugal
type, with forward curved blades. Fan shall be
statically and dynamically balanced at the factory. Fan
shall not pass through first critical speed of cataloged
RPM's. Magnetic contactors for fan motor shall be
located in unit control panel. Provide controls to prove
fan operation before heating or cooling can be energized.
These controls shall also shut off heating or cooling in
event of low air flow.
G. Provide drain pan under cooling coil of adequate size to
catch all coil condensate. Pan shall be zinc coated
steel with heavy coat of insulating sealer. Provide pan
with drain line connection and galvanized threaded trap.
H. Heating section shall consist of two (2) stage gas fired
heat exchanger complete with required gas valves, gas
piping, factory wiring, and combustion fan. Provide
minimum ten (10) year non -prorated heat exchanger
warranty. Provide manual reset high limit protection for
heating section acting through independent and separate
contactors. Pilot shall be of the DSI (direct spark
ignition) or hot surface ignition type: Provide power
induced combustion air purge. Induced draft fan to run
during pilot operation also.
I. Filters in units shall be 2 inch thick, low velocity,
glass fiber throw -away type in commercially available
sizes.
J. Electrical connections: Electrical disconnect shall be
provided by manufacturer. Electrical Contractor shall
provide/install circuit conductors from panel to disconnect.
K. See Corporate Vendor List on this sheet for contact
& address.
3. Kitchen exhaust hoods, supply fans, exhaust fans, exhaust ducts, and
prefabricated curbs shall be furnished by the kitchen hood supplier. All
equipment shall be installed by the mechanical contractor. Fire
suppression piping, nozzles and fusible links prepiped with the hood for
an
Ansul R-102 restaurant fire suppression system shall also be furnished
by
the hood supplier. The kitchen hood supplier is responsible for the
operation and certification of the suppression system.
4. Sheetmetal
A. Heating and air conditioning ductwork shall be
constructed of galvanized sheet steel gauges and assembly
as recommended by SMACNA.
B. Exhaust ductwork for type I kitchen grease exhaust hoods
shall be constructed of black iron sheets with all welded joints.
Install ductwork so pockets are not formed. Pitch duct
back towards hood. After welding is complete, joints
shall be wire brushed and painted with two (2) coats of
zinc -rich rust -inhibitive paint. Ducts shall be
constructed of not less than 16 gauge. Entire
installation shall comply with requirements of NFPA 96.
Exhaust ductwork for the dishwasher and bakery hoods shall be 0.040
gauge aluminum.
C. Type of connections, bracing, construction, etc., shall
be in accordance with the latest edition of the ASHRAE
Guide. Ducts shall be substantially air tight.
5. Fire dampers shall meet or exceed NFPA, Bulletin 90A
specifications. Install in fresh air intake where required by
local code.
6. Back draft dampers shall be installed in exhaust air duct at
fans as required by local code.
7. Grilles, registers, and diffusers shall be manufactured of
extruded aluminum and shall be furnished in colors noted in
schedule. Units shall be as manufactured by Nailor, Titus or
Metal -Aire. Units -
nits shall be I a in ceiling units unless noted y g otherwise.
A. Paint flat black all visible sheet metal behind grilles,
registers and diffusers.
8. Insulated low pressure flexible duct shall be a factory
fabricated assembly consisting of a zinc -coated spring steel
helix, non -perforated inner liner, wrapped with a fiberglass
insulation. The assembly shall be sheathed in a vapor barrier
jacket, factory sealed at both ends of each section. The
composite assembly including insulation and vapor barrier
shall meet the Class I requirements of NFPA Bulletin No. 90A
and be U.L. labeled. The "R" value measured at 75 degrees F
shall be 5.5 or greater per ASTM C177-71.
A. Duct shall be Certainteed, "Certaflex" 25, as
manufactured by the Certainteed Corporation, PO BOX 860,
Valley Forge, Penn. 19482 or ATCO 70 Series as
manufactured by ATCO Rubber Products, Inc., 4920 Mark IV
Parkway, Fort Worth, TX 761-6.
B. Install duct in a fully extended condition free of sags
and kinks, using only the minimum length required to make
the connection. Where horizontal support is required,
flexible duct shall be suspended on 36 inch centers with
a minimum 3/4" wide flat banding materials. All joints
and connections shall be made with 1/2" positive Pocking
steel straps.
9. Insulation
A. Insulation shall be Certainteed, Johns -Manville, Owens-Corning,
or equal, applied by Contractor or manufacturer's representative
regularly engaged in the application of insulation. Insulation
shall be a minimum of 2" thick, 3/4 pound density or 1" thick,
1 1/2 pound density, with a vapor barrier having a maximum
permeance of 0.05 perms or aluminum foil having a minimum
thickness of 2 mils. R-value shall be 6.0 minimum.
B. All insulation materials, coatings and other accessories
shall have a fire hazard rating not to exceed 25 for
flame spread, 50 for fuel contribution, and 50 for smoke
developed; materials shall not produce flaming droplets
when subjected to fire. All products or their cartons
shall bear label indicating conformance to the above
requirements.
C. Round duct (if required) shall be externally insulated
with 1 inch {hick flexible blanket with an integral vapor
barrier. "R" value shall be a 6.0 minimum.
D. All refrigerant lines shall be insulated with 1/2 inch
Aerotube.
0. Calibration Test Balancing
A. A completely installed, operating, and balanced system is
the responsibility of the Mechanical Contractor. Listed below is
the division of specific tasks.
B. Mechanical Contractor shall do the following:
1) Set HVAC units to RPM and amp draws listed on setup
sheet.
2) Check and set HVAC evaporator fans for proper
rotation.
3 Connect HVAC transformers to proper voltage taps.
4 Install thermostats and check for proper operation.
5 Install and check
c all diffusers for toc lo
cations
proper
and throw pattern.
6) Verify that the exhaust hood fans are properly
interlocked with the correct make-up air fans and
appliances.
7) Set exhaust and make-up air fans to RPM values
listed on setup sheet.
8) Ad fust exhaust and make-up air fans for proper
rofation.
9) Verify that hood exhaust filters are installed
properly.
10) Verify that the non -heated make-up air ducts have
dampers to each hood opening.
11) Verify that each supply run has its dampers open and
locked.
12) Verify that each fan has the proper voltage present
at the motor.
C. Certified Air Balance Agency (furnished by others) shall
do the following:
i Inspect for proper fan installation.
2 Check for proper exhaust fan operation.
3 Check for air flow from each diffuser.
4 Check thermostat for proper functional operation.
5 Check rooftop unit for proper thermostat
connections, voltage taps and outside air
interconnect.
6) Measure amperage and RPM of each HVAC unit. (Direct
the mechanical contractor to adjust ulleys to
E values to obtain desire results.
7) Check the speed tap for the restroom exhaust fan and
direct the mechanical contractor to adjust as
ed.
requir
8) Measure the restroom exhaust and supply diffusers
and adjust the volumes near the values listed on the
drawings.
9) Measure the main exhaust hood fan volumes and direct
the Mechanical Contractor in the adjustment of the
fans to obtain values near those listed on
drawings.
10) Measure the main exhaust hood fan volumes and direct
the Mechanical Contractor in the adjustment of the
fans to obtain values near those listed on the
drawings.
11) Complete installation inspection.'
12) Measure supply air volumes from each HVAC unit with
a flow hood, adjusting values to desired values.
13) Smoke hoods for capture ability.
D. For test and balance services and reports, contact:
Melink Corporation, Cincinnati, Ohio, Phone: (513) 271-
1615.
DIVISION 1 - ELECTRICAL
SECTION 181W - BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
1. All outlets, fixtures, and equipment shall be fully connected
to proper sources of power supply and left ready for use.
2. Provide all excavation and tam-backfill as required to
complete work. Correct any settling during guarantee period to
the Owners satisfaction.
3. Provide all necessary cutting and patching as required to
complete work. patching shall be done by mechanics skilled at
their work. All openings shall be filled and matched to
conform with fire regulations.
4. Cooperate with other trades: Make known to other trades
arrangement of electrical work. Examine work of other trades
to avoid any conflicts. Examine drawings of other trades to
determine exact equipment locations. Examine manufacturer's
shop drawings to determine rough -in requirements.
5. Permits, fees and codes; Pay all costs for permits, fees and
inspections required by authorized agencies having
jurisdiction over electrical work. Electrical system shall
conform to requirements of N.E.C., State, and Local Electric
Codes, Local authorities and Utility Company.
6. Equipment manufacturers', other than those listed, will be
acceptable upon written approval from Owner. All electrical
materials shall be listed and labeled by U.L. and shall
conform to NEMA and other industry standards.
7. Provide typewritten directories in branch panel boards with
clear plastic shields. Provide engraved plastic name plates
on all disconnect switches, motor starters, control devices,
and switches in service entrance equipment.
8. Tests: Entire electrical system shall be fully tested and
corrected of any short circuits, open grounds, faulty wiring,
and incorrect connections.
9. Guarantee: Complete electrical system including all
materials equipment, and labor shall be guaranteed for a
period of onar beginning with date of acceptance of
building by the Owner.
SECTION 16200 - BASIC MATENALS AND METHODS
1. Section 16100 applies to all work hereunder and shall include
conduit, boxes, wire, wiring devices, lighting fixtures, and
related materials.
2. Conduit:
A. Connections to equipment shall be made with a 3'-O"
flexible liquid -tight conduit with liquid -tight
connectors.
B. Connections to recessed lighting fixtures shall be made
with 6'-0" of 1/2" flexible conduit from a box within 2'-
O" of the fixture.
C. Rigid galvanized threaded thickwall conduit with threaded
fittings shall be provided in slabs on grade. Conduits
below slabs on grade or in earth outside of buildings
shall be Schedule 40 PVC with separate grounding
conductor per NEC Article 352.60, 2002 edition, where
acceptable by Local Codes. Where the use of PVC
conflicts with Local Codes, substitute rigid galvanized
threaded thickwall conduit painted with two (2) coats of
Asphaltum and with two (2)) coats a plied at Joints after
installation. All conduit o �fside building shall be
buried a minimum of 2' 0 .
D. All other conduit shall be electric metallic tubing with
hexagonal all steel, compression type fittings.
F. All electrical
structural n
mechanical
Recessed bi
shall be cle
devices.
G. wring device
installed 22
box, switche
of the box.
cabinets she
receptacles
device in th,
metallic box
H. Equipment c
starters, di;
wire, etc., c
equipment i
drawings. I
indicated cc
I. Lighting fixtu
ceilings sha
in or on tili
Lighting fixt
structural n
a ceiling su
fixture corn
J. Cleaning: A
switches, wi
etc., shall t
damage of
Contractor
instructed t
SECTION 164W -
1. Service: Contract
termination with I
necessary revisior
terminations may
on the utility con
Owner.
2. Metering: Contra
facilities including
cabinet, conduit,
local utility comp
3. Grounding: All e)
the electrical equ
system and neutr
with N.E.C. Provi
rods) which will pr
than 25 ohms. I
electrode conduct
Provide connectio
building and addii
foundation. All p
accessible.
4. Raceways: All ra
conductor pulled
5. Panelboards: All
circuit breaker ty
circuit breakers a
panel boards and
assemblies shall I
ample wiring gutt
shall be complete
and lock, all lock:
for each lock. C
3. Concealed boxes shall be 4 inches square galvanized steel with In standard with
galvanized extension rings, total depth of not less than 2 1/2 surface or flush i
inches. board schedules i
bre
Surface mounted boxes shall be cast weatherproof aluminum. branch circuit otherwise shown.
4. Wire: Conductors shall be 98 percent Conductivity Copper of A. 120/208 vol
No.12 AWG minimum size. Insulation shall be color coded, and Siemens typ
rated for 600 volts minimum. Type THWN shall be used.
5. Wire connectors for sizes No. 10 AWG and less shall be T & B B. Power panel
Piggy nuts ideal wire nuts or 3M "Scotchnick". Connectors be Siemens
for wire size No. 8 and larger shall be by T and B or Burndy
methods using hydraulic
presses and heat shrink insulation kits.
C.
6. Wall switches shall
be gray and shall be as follows or
approved equal•
A. 20 amp, SP
125/277 volt:
A and H No.
1991GRY, Bryant No. 4901GRY, or Hubbell No.
P
1221 GRY.
�\�
p�1S
O
B. 20 amp, 3W,
A and H No.
125/277 volt:
1993GRY, Bryant No. 4803GRY, or Hubbel \QS,p
S, fcGS
SuB�
0
8�
1223GRY.
R�QV\90
F
�\
C. 20 amp, 4W,
125/277 volt:
MPV 8
�#\ k
A and H No.
1224GRY.
1994GRY, Bryant No. 4904GRY, or Hubbell No.
.(
COO"p
F.
D. 20 amp, SP,
125/277 volt, with pilot light:
Arrow -Hart No. 1991-PL, Bryant No. 4901-PL or Hubbell
No.
1221-PL.
E. 20 amp, SP, 125//277 volt, weatherproof:
Arrow -hart No. 2991/2881-C or Hubbell No. 1281/1795.
7. Receptacles shall be ivory and shall be as follows or approved
equal. Provide other receptacles as indicated on drawings.
A. 20 amp, 125 volt, dupplex:
A and H No. 5362 1), Bryant No. 5362 (1), or
Hubbell No. 5362 (1S.
B. 20 amp, 125 volt, twlstlock
Hubbell No. 2310.
C. 30 amp, 250 volt, 3 wire-G
A and H No. 5700, Bryant No. 963OFR, or Hubbell No. 9430.
D. 50 amp, 250 volt, 3 pole, 4 wire-G:
A and H, P and S, or Hubbell No. 8450 with 8452 plug and
4/C No. 8 SO Cord.
E. Ground Fault Interrupting, single:
A and H No. 53GF62, Bryant No. 53GF62, or Hubbell No. OF
5362. (Provide spring loaded weatherproof covers where
required by code.)
F. Clock and Sign Hanger.
A and H No. 5708, Bryant No. 2828-GX, or Hubbell No.
5235.
Face Plates: Provide face plates for all devices including
wall switches, receptacles, telephone outlets, on all wall
outlets. Face plates shall be satin finished stainless steel.
8. Lighting fixtures shall be furnished by Contractor as
scheduled on drawings. Contractor shall install all lighting
fixtures and provide necessary mounting hardware. All
recessed lighting fixtures shall be thermally -protected as
required by code.
A. Contractor shall furnish and install one complete set of
lamps for all lighting fixtures supplied by the
contractor. Provide label in each fixture indicating
size and type of lamp corresponding with schedule on
drawings. For complete light package quote and
information contact: Jody Douglas, House of Lights, Inc.,
Box 2809, Sanford, N.C. 27330. Phone: (919) 774-1044.
B. Starters: Three-phase units shall be by Square D, Type
8536 with 120 volt coil, N.O. Auxiliary contact and with
red pilot (in cover).
C. Raceway systems shall be installed to maintain the
maximum headroom. Common supports may be used for
mechanical and electrical equipment by coordinating the
work with all trades.
D. Wire: Use only approved type wire -pulling lubricants for
wire No. 4 AWG or larger. Splice wire only in accessible
boxes. Make wire joints mechanically strong before
applying the connector, and where tape is used, wrap each
joint to the thickness of the original insulation. Clean
and polish metallic surfaces before installing
conductors. Apply pressure type lugs on standard
conductors connected to screw or bolt type connections.
E. All wire shall be installed in a conduit and shall be
concealed where possible. Where necessary to expose the
wiring, the raceway shall be installed as inconspicuously
as possible and in straight lines, parallel with the
building lines. Cut raceway square, ram, smooth, and
make-up tight. Plug ends of raceways during construction
and swab -clean before Pullinri
wire or cable.
G.
it
Where two
shall be n
alignment.
each
oxes shall be supported from building
mbers independently of the conduit raceways,
rstems, or suspended ceiling supports.
es shall be protected during construction and
ed before pulling wire and Installing
Unless noted otherwise, receptacles shall be
ches above the finished floor to the top of the
shall be 48 inches above finished floor to the top
aceptacles noted above work counters and
be mounted above the backsplash. Weatherproof
all be installed so that the cover protects the
open position. Receptacles shall be bonded to
or to separate ground conductor per NEC.
inections: Provide all necessary motor
mnect switches, controls, conduit boxes,
f connect complete to each piece of
luiring connections indicated on the
ere equipment ratings differ from that
cult the Owner.
s; Fixtures supported in exposed grid
be provided with clips. Fixtures mounted
ceilings shall be aligned with tiles.
es shall be supported from the building
mbers except for exposed grid ceilings where
,orting wire shall be provided at each
equipment, including panel boards,
g devices, lighting fixtures, wall plates,
free of corrosion, dirt, paint spatter or
y sort at final acceptance of the work.
oil clean, repair or replace some as
Owner before final payment.
RVICE DISTRIBUTION
shall verify service voltage and type of
al utility company and shall provide
and modifications required. Service
ther be underground or overhead depending
3ny's requirement and approval by the
for shall provide necessary metering
meter socket, current -transformer
nd other work for metering required by the
ny.
iosed no - n current carrying metallic parts of
>ment, including the metallic raceway
l conductor shall be grounded in accordance
e a driven ground rod or system of ground
vide an overall grounding resistance less
onnection between ground rod and grounding
�r shall be made using exothermic welds.
to metallic water service within the
ovally to reinforcing steel in the building
lints of grading connections shall be made
sways shall include and equipment grading
ith the phase conductors.
ianelboards shall be of the dead front
e with mains, copper bus bars, and branch
shown in the panel board schedules. All
cabinets shall be so labeled.
ab led. Panel board
enclosed in code gauge steel cabinets with
rs on top, sides, and bottom. Cabinets
with trim and doors with combination catch
keyed alike, and two (2) keys furnished
binets, trim, and doors shall be finished as
1e manufacturer. Cabinets shall be for
ounting as indicated on the various panel
1d shall be 20 inches wide minimum. All
Ikers shall be 20 ampere trip unless
lighting and appliance panelboards shall be
i NLA or Square D.
oards with mains 400 amps and larger, shall
Type NLA or Square D.
ers shall be thermal -magnetic trip, trip-
Inake n manual or automatic operation, and
q by the position of the handle
ff and "on . All multiple circuit
ul Ingle handle, common trip, no handle
on the drawings are schematic.
t the exact location of any
shall verify with the
I be mounted with the top circuit breaker
6 feet 7 inches above the floor.
cre panelboards are located adjacent they
:d so that their top edges are in
d shall be provided with a neatly type
completely identifies the utilization of
ROOF DECKING
CONTACT:
JOE LEBOLD
ADDRESS:
TECTUM,ING.
P.O. BOX 3002
NEWARK, OH 43058
(888) 977-9691 FAX: (800) 832-8869
04200 FACE
BRICK
CONTACT:
DANA OR KEN
ADDRESS:
CUNNINGHAM BRICK OF N.C.
EASTERN STATES
701 NORTH MAIN STREET
(800)GTON6772-618127292 FAX: (336) 224-0002
CONTACT:
ROD MORGAN
ADDRESS:
ACME BRICK COMPANY
WESTERN
STATES
P.O. BOX 24012
OKLAHOMA CITY, OK 73124
(405) 525-7421 FAX (405) 525-7683
05400 STRUCTURAL
STEEL
CONTACT:KELLY PITTMAN
ADDRESS:
LIBERTY STEEL
1861 MAIN STREET
FYFFE, ALABAMA 35971
(256) 623-3027 FAX (256) 623-3028
06100 FRAMING
CONTACT:
LUMBER. PLYWOOD.
CHARLES HOBBY
& TRIM
ADDRESS:
LOCAL SUPPLIER
OR
BROOKS BUILDING PRODUCTS
3401 TARHEEL DR.
RALEIGH, NC 27609
(919) 871-0200 FAX (919) 871-0300
06195 LAMINATED
BEAMS & TA JOISTS
CONTACT:
GREG ZORN
ADDRESS:
TRUS-JOIST MACMILLAN
17600 HAMPTON PLACE
STRONGSVILLE, OH 44136
(440) 268-9136 FAX (440) 238-4256
06600 VINYL
CONTACT:
WINDOWS
CHARLES HOBBY
ADDRESS:
BROOKS BUILDING PRODUCTS
3401 TARHEEL DR.
RALEIGH, NC 27609
07310 ROOF
SHINGLES
(919) 871-0200 FAX (919) 871-0300
CONTACT:
TONY MAGISTRO
ADDRESS:
ABC SUPPLY GO. INC.
1320 STARUGHT DR.
AKRON, OH. 44308
(800) 786-1210 EXT. 711
7460 HOR17 0
ONTAL SIDING
FAX (330) 785-7006
CONTACT:
TONY MAGISTRO
ADDRESS:
ABC SUPPLY CO. INC.
1320 STARLIGHT DR.
AKRON, OH. 44308
(800) 786-1210 EXT. 711
FAX (330) 785-7006
OR
CONTACT:
CHARLES HOBBY
ADDRESS:
BROOKS BUILDING PRODUCTS
(919) 871-0200 FAX (919) 871-0300
08110 HOLLOW
CONTACT:
METAL DOORS & FRAMES
ADDRESS:
B.A. HOFT, INC.
J.C. CURUNGS
P.O. BOX 90127
RALEIGH, NC 276375
(919) 596-4446 FAX (919) 596-9520
PANIC HARDWARE
ADDRESS:
POSITIVE LOCK
CONTACT,
DANNY MURDERS
402 EAST 39TH STREET
RUSSELVILLE, AR. 72801
08355 ALUMINUMD/A
DOOR
(800) 342-7670 FAX (800) 531-5293
CONTACT:
JOE WIWAMS
ADDRESS:
ELIASON CORPORATION
P.O. BOX 2128
KALAMAZOO, MI 49003
(800) 828-3655 FAX (800) 828-3577
08710 FINISH
CONTACT:
HARDWARE
J.C. CURUNGS
ADDRESS:
B.A. HOFT, INC.
P.O. BOX 90127
3
RALEIGH- NC 276375
0
CONTACT: NEIL HONAKER - CORPORATE
CONTACT: CINDY BELL
09610 ACID ETCHING
CONTACT: PETER AHERN
LOUISVILLE 11LE
4520 BISHOP LN
LOUISVILLE KY 40218
(800) 369-7671
DALTILE
5695 LITTLE LAKE DR
HOPE MILLS, NC 28348
(919) 946-7519 FAX
SUP -TECH
1111 LAMESA AVENUE
SPRING VALLEY, CA 91977
(800) 667-5470
423-1123
09510 CEILING TILE
CONTACT: SHERRY WEINGARTNER ADDRESS: ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES
(PUBLIC AREAS) P.O. BOX 3001
LANCASTER, PA. 17604
(800) 442-4212 FAX (800) 233-5598
09540 ERE BOARD
CONTACT: CHARLES HOBBY ADDRESS: BROOKS BUILDING PRODUCTS
3401 TARHEEL DR.
RALEIGH NC 27609
H. The etched
aminated plastic identification plate for
(919) 871-0200 FAX (919) 871-0300
each ppanelb
and shall show the ponelboard
identificatio
, voltage and its feeder designation.
OR
6.
HVAC disconnect
AM SOUTH
be fumished by the IEl�ectric
ADDRESS: LASCO PANEL PRODUCTS
Contractor. All
NEMA ND, fused
switches shall
isconnect switches shal, be normal duty t e 00V
otherwise,
unless noted otherwise ' Mind with o erqfor
STEVE FOX
8015 DIXON DR.
FLORENCE, KY 41042
800 626-1220 FAX: 606 371-8466
interlocked with
he door so door can only `Th the
off" position. Switches
shall be manufactured by General
Electric, Square
, or Westinghouse.
09650 SOFT TILE N ENTRY) &RUBBER
(IN
BASE
ADDRESS: LOCAL SUPPLIER
7.
The main pole sin
and building signs shall be turned on by
OR
Timeclock numb&
1.
CONTRACT CARPET INSTALLER
TRAMS FREEMAN
8.
Smoke detectors
shallbe provided in accordance with
(5011 717-3387 FAX ((501) 717-3392
state and local
ode requ rements.
MOB(iLE (501) 236-48A3
9.
The electrical contractor
shall run a 2 inch PVC conduit from
the telephone panel
to the street. Coordinate final
10155 TOILET PARTIilONS
termination point
with the Local Telephone Company.
CONTACT: J,C. CURUNGS
B.A. HOFT
P.O. BOX 90127
SECTION 18530 -
SITE LKMNG
RALEIGH, NC 27675
1.
Sitelighting shall
be designed to provide a minimum average
11172 WASTE COMPArTER
(919) 596-4466 FAX (919) 596-9520
ligh' level of 10
(approximately 15
12 foot candles maintained
foot -candies initial) for the parking areas
CONTACT: FRED FREER
ADDRESS: PHILADELPHIA TRAMRAIL CO.
and entrances.
Use of energy -efficient metal halide fixtures
1009 OAK WAY
CANTON, GA 30114
will provide a bright
white light. Location of the lights
(770) 517-1172 FAX (770) 517-7931
should not interfere
with the visibility of signs nor be a
hazard to the street
traffic.
15500 HVAC UNITS &CONTROLS
2.
Site lighting shall
be controlled by photo cell time clock
/
CONTACT., CHRIS SAXON
ADDRESS: LENNOX NATIONAL ACCOUNTS
arrangement. The
g �
photo cell will allow h
p the lighting to come
412 NORTHRIDGE COURT
NASHVILLE, TN 37221
on at dusk and
he time clock will turn the lights off at a
(615) 533-4661 FAX (615) 673-6446
pre -determined time.
OR
3.
Light fixtures sho
Id be energy efficient 1000 watt metal
halide cutoff floodlights.
Advanced optics shall be provided to
CONTACT: J.D. HOWARD
ADDRESS: THE TRANE COMPANY
assure maximum
main beam projection, while minimizing spill
8120 BROWNLBGH DRIVE
light and glare.
Ballast shall be multi -volt (120, 208, 240,
RALEIGH, NC 27617
and 277 volts) with
a high power factor. Lighting supplier shall
(919)781-0458, (919) 781-9195 (FAX)
provide a 5 year
limited warranty covering the fixture and a 1
year limited warranty
covering the lamp.
15000 SECURITY SYSTEM
CONTACT: PHILIP ELTING
ADDRESS: UNIVERSAL ATLANTIC SYSTEMS
4.
Poles shall be 25
or 30' tall (varies with site) square steel mounted
700 ABBOTT DRIVE
BROOMALL, PA 19008
reinforced concrete
bases with dark bronze finish. Poles shall
(800) 421-6661 FAX (610) 328-0800
be
be rated for the
site
site wind conditions with a minimum of 90 mph
base wind velocity
and allow for a 1.3 gust factor. Base cover and
16200 LIGHTING FIXTURES
galvanize anchor
)oIts with a masonite template shall be provided for
CONTACT: JODY DOUGLAS
ADDRESS: HOUSE OF LIGHTS, INC.
each pole. Lighti
g supplier shall provide a 7 year limited warranty
BOX 2809
covering the pole
finish from cracking peeling, excessive fading or
SANFORD. NC 27330
corrosion.
1
(919) 774-1044 FAX (919) 774-1609
5.
Site lighting based
shall be formed with 30 inches round
Sonotube plus Fibre
Forms. Sonotube shall be as manufactured
16530 SITE & DESIGN
7783 Sunoco Products
Company, Huntsville, SC Phone: (803) 383-
.LIGHTING
CONTACT: STEVE WISE
ADDRESS: SOUTHWEST LIGHTING CO.
A. Light bases
all extend 3'-O" above finished grade and 4'-O"
PO BOX 452558
below grade.
All anchor bolts, anchor bolt templates, etc.,
GROVE, OK 74345
shall be supplied
bX site lighting supplier. Contractor shall
(800) 753-0585 FAX (918) 257-8702
follow manufacturers
recommendations for use and placing
concrete.
6.
For more information
on lighting design and materials see Corporate
Vendor 11 List for
ontact and adress, Sheet SP5.
I' Project No.05125.00
Y
e
`j
^,
l
r`!r `.
-
�, -��,
1�
.���.ram►
4-
_ _
-
- ^-
--.
J' ^
.1
my
Yi
MN
N
HT
M
i
i]�0
n 0.
M
�o
U
uN
Z„
Fl 01
m
i
Uo
, x
ul
X0
Y)
lU)
.
Y
.m
m
PO
cp
R `i
a
�e
y
vm
0,
a
A
i„
n 0
a
L\1 lam
00
`°s
r a
1212
05
R
Fa
OU
U
a
N
2N
<F-
6H
&.
'm '
16
q
ww
Fa
Q�w
4iF
mIarc
$ 9
T
"10
M03
Oa,G
¢$_W
�FE
rc w
aao
is ai
3W
OW6
3 mf, of
"rz �
w
a<o
893
t,
r-"
t
•
A
■
F!
`.!
.
.
=
LJ
0
Revisions
THRU ADDENDUM "A"
1/20/O6
/3MWAE T9 0N861T STONINf151/28/06 1
PROJECT DATE
04/02/08
DRAWN BY
LMHA
CHECKED BY
EAH
Sheet No
TRACT A -----��--��--
r
IIt
LOT 18
I~
0
w
Z
W7
3
FIND 4X4 CM
NO 10
N 0.11' W 0.65'
SET IB P
FND 1/2" 0 IP
NO ID
S 0.13, W 0.66,
FFE = 16.32
S_ _'59 PIP E
12" 0 PINE 14" 0 PINE,, -VD' 13" 0 PINE
$" 0 PINE � /\
%,I\\
*13" t3" 0 PINE
\ 10" 0 PINE 13 OPINE 1 " 0 PINE
12" 0 PIN _ 10"0 PINE
I \ 14m PINE 9" 0 INE / \
10" 0 PIN \
FFE - 16.32
CLEAN -OUT
TOP - 16.32
INV. - 14.92�
1 0
576.07
.5.:n9-�mRmana,
1M6 ��/\� nM0 d1•
11" 0 PINE
p
2 OQ
12" 0 PINE F
FFF = 16.48
n
SEPTIC
TANK
y'
n
^,
}X
+
'•�� N+^ry
\ph 1�
�• \
m
\t
^
INVERT MES
\ ELEV. =
\
11.47'
• \
DRAINFIELD
\
h CPP
\
O
BENCHMARK #2'
\ \SET
ZO�
PK & W
t,\\
W/ 4049
TOP = 14.39'
/r SET IB
G 1 n n°iry nh;\
*9" 0 PINE F.P.L..EASEMENT
O.R.BOOK 465
8" 0 PINE P/�\ 1304
47.
��`t
�:.
it �.
•
�„�
'�.
:
I
1
\
LOCATION MAP
\ I� 2" 0 PINE 73 0 PINE 24 0 PINE "`\/� -
r/\� / 8" 0 PINE 8" 0 PINE 8" 0 PINE EL V5 = 11,10
/ 13" 0 PINE / \71 0 PINE 12" m PINE / 14 0 PINE /
` 12" 0 PINE 8" 0 PINE ' lIA�"il A� I. 9" OPINE /�: 9" 0 PINE \\ \\ .. CONCRETE
12" 0 PIN/� 11" 0 PINE
\\ \ 8" 0 PINE %� \ FLUME
n , 11" 0 PINE' 9 12" 0 PINE ,
\ 13" 0 PINE 8" 0 PINE n4 O. 74" 0 PINE
/ 12" 0 PINE } rib' 9" 0 PINE
14" 0 PINE 10" 0 PIN �/\ + 0
0 PINE 9" 0 PINE +rib \ }� nM '
11" 0 PINES 9" 0 PINE t�
0 �X
13" m PINE , o- a* .. M Y
12" 0 PINE / \� TOB a' nN 4p x ... *"
lop �' 0 PINE 13"OPINE i _ _ 'hh : 8" 0 PINE T
12` 0 PIN n 0 PINE 9" 0 PINE / TOP INLET
15" WINNE '/ll� �?� 12' m PINE V` + ��" ,V 12" 0 PINE a? �� 7 ELEV 13 79 F a
I c o / 9" 0 PI E rig. 9" 0 PINE n \ NIX r x-
b' 12" 0 PINE
10" •PIN \� _ ` + '�` 8" 0 PINE 8" 0 PINE 27 8" 0 PINE \ na w s..
81u 10" 0 PIN
� h �\
i \j �—� 8" 0 PINE 8' 0 PINE �.a" 1� .h• ,4 3: *�, r
F 10" 0 PINE .�
L" 90' 10" 0 PIN* P 9" 0 PINE 16" 0 PINE ' /� } ,�;h 1 a q i z
" I 0 PI E 8" 0 PINE
,A 11" f PINE
W Q 9 \ " 12" 0 PINE i3" 0 PINEfM_'
�41 f �
/13" 0 PINE / ` _ I . / nab
•..f �. 9" 0 PINE 12" 0 PINE 0 PINE i 'O
\ CLUSTER OF I I I 9" 0 PINE /
AUSTRALIAN Ln 10" 0 PIN F�
12" 0 PINE 9 0 PINE 9" 0 PINE 14" O PIN TOE / 0
L0� (1 PINES 9" 0 PINE 13" 0 PINE \i 12" 0 PINE !� f i +G
�J 9" 0 PINE 15" 0 PINE .y. ' /� / •� �L s�{'Y"3 e
1 8" 0 PINE 14" 0 PINE f 10" 0 PINE �, ,h. \ +,r y•�+�
c
FFE = 15.97 A i y- / i G
\ \ 10"OPINE '� '.c -'` 14" 0 PINE -' "PINE : \^T^'"k `1,"'� �' 'a"�lt' "
I. 10"OPINE /s 12"OPINE '� p / \1 �Ti s.Lya.
13" GO P E ii" 0 PINE 12" m PINE n'h J
A 12" 0 PI E /A� + h h 12' 0 PINE 12" 0 PINE 8. 0 PINE A \ O A ^` a x �'s�a '� s-
,"'h• . + 8" 0 PINE � ! � '• hr✓ � K s`
y I 11. 0 PINE + -'/ \ 0 PINE
�. _ '\ 12" 0 PIN / \ / O >'kn"'"3 3v "T•x . �: r�
+ 13" 0 PINE lA 8" PINE nh' V 12" 0 PINE%� }0" ?b PWE \ gyp\
1 o LP MANHOLE
'411F• 11"OPINE yAf// 8" 0 PINE O 10 0. PINE p , pt s
13" 0 PINE I 13"OPINE 2/5 •" nh' 0 :� sr '
�IS� h �42afi
12" 0 PINE 10' 0 PINE 3, _ n h
10" 0 PINE* 9" 0 PINE H• + TOP
12" 0 PINE 6' "
+ 'E °+ e" a INE \ ® m INVERT 24 0 RCP ` 0
nh� 12" 0 P E 0 /f. 13" 4 PINE 12" 0 PINE 13" 0 PINE \ 8" 0 PINE 8" 0 PINE I 1 TOB \ rip. ELEV,, 10 3T r
} 11" 0 PINE nh' 13" 0 PIN 12" 0 PINE O ;1 - + i
\8° PINE i. I B" 0 PINE S' } ,,,
1 0 PINE + 10" 0 PINE *43
DRAINAGE "
.i 30" 0 �FIGUB ?E� '� ��/ n� yy�
13" 0 PINE/1F\ I I �h" `\ • MAN:, HOLE
Q 12" Id PINE 13" 0 PINE* 8" 0 PINE 0 PINE I I I 10" O OAK
13' 0 PINE I '
12' 0 PIN 13" 0 PINE i�j/\� 8" 0 PINE I I 10" O OAK �} h+ - :a t
14" 0 PINE a• `y 5
� 10" 0 PIN
14" m PINE 9" PINE
n T� o I 10 FPL \
7� '� 10" 0 PINE Lod 4, BLOCK 4 to \t �12" 0 PINE 14"OPINE LOT 3, BLOCK 4 + ^ro /9" 0 PII E EASEMEN
I 11. 0 PIN AGREEMENT w
a.T\ o ~—� z 13" m PINE °/ a� 1 O.R.B00K 465 & \ \
17" 0 PINE
+� I PAGEB256T562 12" 0 PINE nv ti CPP o
a5� Q 12" m PINE 12" O PALA� 8" m PINE I ry \ PAGE /30 \ \�
11" 0 PINE I N I
N 1 12" 0 PIN 12" 0 PINE 14":0 PINE \
11" 0 PINE . "
24" 0 PINE 10 0 PINE 10" 0 PINE �14 0 PINE o,} a�L+ I 9" m} PINE/�/\\. ANCHOR / �;
F ZiA Q 8" 0 PINE + 13" 0 PINE '`h + 110" 01 PINE rpm ,h
z < 11" 0 PINE 12" 0 PI E •ya ,� 1 0` 0 PINE. 0 OAK / ti
LOT2 0 a- W tLLJ r ¢ / \ 11" PINE 12" 0 PINE 12 0 PALM 12" 0 PINE /i/ \\\ n rip I12" 0 PINE�i 13" 0 PINE A nN + r
FFE 15.42 Z 12" 0 PINE 1 nh• LOT 2
` \\` O 12"0 PINE Z 14" 0 PINE TOO 1
24" 0 PINE Coto F p f0" 0 PINE
p 1 Z F 10• PINE 12" 0 PINE 24" 0 PINE 12" 0 PINE 10" 0 PINE I i 1 O 14" 0 PINEnI, 10" 0•PINE n�6 .BLOCK 4 `� -\
.1 N 1 � �nry0 W 9' 0 PIE PLAT No. 1 , \ .�i 10" 0 PINE ry ,\b. `� + } + }
II I ,�a• + 10" 0 PINE'b° 0 On
\ 12" m PINE ST. LUCIE GARDENS ! ,6
8" 0 PINE 13" 0 PINE } 1p nn9 13" 0 PINE 9" 0 OAK •n
SOUTH PORT ST. LUCIE U IT SIX Zo o PLAT B OK 1, PAGE 36 20 m PINE ,z" m PINE h ,
Z 10" 0 PI E* 12" 0 PALM y� n°i' n N62'15'36"E h >,
PLAT BOOK 14, PAGES 14, 14 & 14B o ST. LUCIE COUNTY, FLORIDA �,2" m PINE nh is" m PINE o 13" 0 PINE 9 53.42
ST. LUCIE COUNTY, FLOR A.
M / + nh 13" 0 PINE nhp nh
\9" OPINE
9" 0 PINE 12" 0 PALM 13" m PINE 8" 0 PINE + + 'Y v+
W �1t" 0 PINE p. h 14" 0 PINE
3 /\� (y
`t\ \ 12" 0 PAL 8" 0 PINE 10" 0 PINE �, �. n'\' ` GV `
1? `D \ 9" 0 PINE O o 16" 0 PALM / h h, ? n ' " nh .,�.1,
rn nh• .O 0 / n`ti' '� / 11" 0 PINE + + 'L 'V
N / 8" 0 PINE 8" 0 PINE + 13" 0 PIN / nF,. 12" 0 P
10"OPINE } 72" 0 PI E n 13" 0 PINE + + 9' 0 PINE \ '/� 13" 0 PINE 12 0 PALM 12" 0 PINE y 8" 0 OA ,
} 10" 0 PINE %\\` / 10" 0 PALM ----� + .. ' y
PALM 8" O.PINE 8" 0 PINE �% 2" 0 PALM a?' �'., y?0 -� / rm0 *'r� y
;F 'F _ !:20 12" 0 PINE e n 12" 0 PINE 12" 0 PINE 13" 0 PALM----.,.� y, �. S89'46'59"E 121.93 ALMn
/ a 1 " 0 PINE �.`�'. �� ry
` � nh• = 0.. 0 PINE tALM
,�6� �+... noO'.... '. TOB \ \` h h .yc• i, i14"GOP M - -*r'- —'- -- —_ __ "" i- - h 1 - - - 10' 0 PINE n } n 3. 1 hy0•� i3' 0 PALM _ -
16" mPIN h• 0 PINE - --7 L" A pING-4^� b• 6' O12" 0 PALMEOP rya, ASPHAL9 0 PIN 12" 0 PALM—" - - -
12" m PALM\14 0 PINE ` 8/ "14 m PINE 13" 0 PALM — -14 0 PINE 11"0PINE rib• 10" 0 PINE 12V 0 PINE 110 PINED o ,;' "* TOP -= 14.65SSMH-_ - — _- - — �• 10" 0 PINE \ 12" 0 PALM I O = '`\' CURB INLET nh', 'O
0 PA 18 m PINE 10 m PALM " p. N Q TOP - 16.54 ,�h• nbh n0
FND 5/8" 0 IB \ / h q '�10" 0 PINE 12" •PALM 11" m PALM 9" 0 PINE �13" 0 PINE 14" 0 PINE n /1 1 nh9 ny
\\\®®®_ i
NO ID "��' ".0 PINE 12" 0 PAL 13` O:PINE 11" 0 PINE - __ •, \
N0.43'W5.45 _ + e +
28.79 6 e f f1 ¢ 12 GO P Lm o
TOO
S89 4 9 E ^° — — — — —� n + 765.36 h+ `\ � � �9� h , SET PK h �
13" 0 PINE — - - - " — - - -�— - - _}..:.— - - - M 0 `��.✓ I a /� h h• 0
SET IB it" 0 PINE 12" 0 PALMS - - - - — - a h 0 \ w '� '\ • '. h c-
13" 0 PINE ry ' ' - c, is - - - - --� --- - - - - hh b6 {S' '` nC'' i p. h`' ASPHALT nh'
POINT OF BEGINNING \\ tB +- - _ +_ _ - _ — - SOUTH LINE
SW CORNER LOT 4, (\ e I n h.
BLOCK 4 rig• LOTS 3 & 4 N0013'01 "E f, '1 + , 5�6 \ nN•
I I LEGAL DESCRIPTION 60.00 �,�;1 ETE
CURB &RGUTTER
LOT T 2 \F \' L\ S89'46'59"E 150.89
\w. The South 353.40 feet of the following described tract: gS�P 60.00'
FFE - 15.42
w nh� NO 0 G ACCESS EASEJ)Nf
\
Begin at the Southwest corner of Lot 4 Block 4, Section 12, + n6e AND UTILITY E 0 J
Township 37 South, Range 40 East, ST, LUCIE GARDENS, according + O.R. BOOK 146 , PAS WESTERLY \ 0
\ to the plat thereof recorded in Plot Book 1, Page 35, St. Lucie RIGHT-OF-WAY LINE nh°
County, Florida Public Records; thence South 89.46'59" East along I US HIGHWAY No. 1
the South line of said Lot 4, a distant' of 160.00 feet, thence (FEDERAL HIGHWAY) \
\ \ North 00'10'18" East, a distance of 353.40 feet; thence North \ b10
89'46'59" West, a distance of 160.00 feet to the West line of said LOT 15, BLOCK 4
LOT 13, BLOCK 4 Lot 4; thence South 00'10'18" West, along the West line of said Lo o LOT 14, BLOCK 4 WIt \
4, a distance of 353.40 feet to the PONT OF BEGINNING. rib. \
+
Containing approximately 5.47 acres. hp + Date of updated field survey.^9
^ +
03110, 2007
AC ACRE EDP EDGE OF PAVEMENT N &.TT NAIL & TIN TAB PRO PRORATED Date of field survey:
A/C AIR CONDITIONER EOW EDGE OF WATER N & W NAIL & WASHER R RADIUS 0910812003
ALUM ALUMINUM EM ELECTRIC METER NGVD NATIONAL GEODETIC VERTICAL DATUM RAD RADIAL
ANC ANCHOR ES ELECTRIC SERVICE NO ID NO IDENTIFICATION RRS RAILROAD SPIKE 1. PROPERTY AD RESS. U.S. HIGHWAY No. 1 /'� y�
APPROX APPROXIMATE ELEV ELEVATION NIS NOT TO SCALE RNG RANGE NOT VALID WITHOUT THE SIGNATURE AND THE NOTES.
AVE AVENUE ENCL ENCLOSURE NO NUMBER RLS REGISTERED LAND SURVEYOR
ERG BEARING X 17.00 EXISTING ELEVATION ORB OFFICIAL RECORD BOOK RCP REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE ORIGINAL RAISED SEAL OF A FLORIDA LICENSED y p y Client.
BILK BLOCK FT FEET ORB OFFSET R/W RIGHT OF WAY 1. Survey of description as furnished b
DLDG BOULEVARD F FIELD MEASUREMENT OH OVERHANG SE SANITARY SEWER 2. CERTIFIED TO URLCYOR AND AIAPPER 2. Lands shown 'hereon were not abstracted for easements and/or
x BLVD BUILDING FNC FENCE OHW OVERHEAD WIRE SECT SECTION + !
BM
BENCHMARK
FFE
FINISHED FLOOR ELEVATION
PG
PAGE
SET I.B.
SET 5/8 IRON BAR & CAP 04049
CAN
CABLE TELEVISION BOX
FH
FIRE HYDRANT
PK
PARKER-KALON NAIL
SET PK
SET PK NAIL & WASHER /4049
C
CALCULATED
FPL
FLORIDA POWER & LIGHT
PK & TT
PARKER-KALON NAIL & TIN TAB
S/T
SEPTIC TANK
CB
CATCH BASIN
FND
FOUND
PK & W
PARKER-KALON NAIL & WASHER
S/W
SIDEWALK
0
CENTRAL ANGLE
GOVT
GOVERNMENT
PVMT
PAVEMENT
SBT
SOUTHERN BELL TELEPHONE BOX
CLF
CHAINUNK FENCE
HSE
HOUSE
PRM
PERMANENT REFERENCE MONUMENT
S/F
SQUARE FEET
CHD
CHORD
I & E
INGRESS & EGRESS EASEMENT
P
PLAT
S/0
SUBDIVISION
CONC
CONCRETE
INV
INVERT
P8
PLATBOOK
T
TANGENT
CBS
CONC. BLOCK STRUCTURE
IS
IRON BAR
POD
POINT OF COMPOUND CURVATURE
ICE
TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION EASEMENT
CM
CONCRETE MONUMENT
IP
IRON PIPE
PC
POINT OF CURVATURE
TOB
TOP OF BANK
CNR
COULD NOT READ
IS & C
IRON BAR & CAP
PI
POINT OF INTERSECTION
TOE
TOE OF SLOPE
CPP
CONCRETE POWER POLE
IP & C
IRON PIPE & CAP
POB
POINT OF BEGINNING
TWP
TOWNSHIP
COR
CORNER
L
ARC. LENGTH
POC
POINT OF COMMENCEMENT
TRANS
TRANSFORMER
COV
COVERED
LE
LANDSCAPE EASEMENT
POE
POINT OF ENCROACHMENT
TYP
TYPICAL
CMP
CORRUGATED METAL PIPE
LB
LICENSED BUSINESS NUMBER
PRO
POINT OF REVERSE CURVATURE
UDE
UTIUTY & DRAINAGE EASEMENT
CVG
CONCRETE VALLEY GUTTER
LP
LIGHT POLE
PT
POINT OF TANGENCY
UE
UTILITY EASEMENT
D
DEED
LAE-
LIMITED ACCESS EASEMENT
PP
POWER POLE
U(G
UNDERGROUND
D/F
DRAINFIELD
MAG
MAG NAIL
PUE
PRIVATE UTILITY EASEMENT
U
UTILITY POLE
DE
DRAINAGE EASEMENT
ME
MAINTENANCE EASEMENT
PLS
PROFESSIONAL LAND SURVEYOR
WM
WATER METER
DRAINAGE FLOW
MH
MANHOLE
IE
PROPERTY LINE
WV
WATER VALVE
ESMT
EASEMENT
MHWL
MEAN HIGH WATER UNE
PROP
PROPOSED
WPP
WOOD POWER POLE
EOC
EDGE OF CONCRETE
NL
NAIL
0 17.00
PROPOSED ELEVATION
0
DIAMETER
STEPHEN J. BROWN INC.
i
STEPHEN J. BROWN, PROFESSIONAL SURVEYOR ;'AND MAPPER
REGISTRATION NOD. i4049, STATE OF FLORIDA
rights -of -way of record.
3. All bearings are referenced to the North line of subject property,
calculated as S894659"E all others relative thereto.
4. Elevations shown hereon are relative to National Geodetic Vertical Datum of
1929, and are based on the NGS 1991 Benchmark N 403 (converted from NAVD 1988).
5. There are no;above ground encroachments, unless otherwise shown.
6. The National Flood Insurance Program designation as indicated on
the F.E.M.A. Map No. 12111C 0295F , dated 08/19/1991 ,
locates the parcel in Zone X , base flood elevation NIA feet; subject
to any scaling and interpolation factors associated with mapping of this
accuracy. This data is an interpretation by the surveyor and is provided
as a courtesy. The flood zone(s) should be verified by a determination agency.
7. Underground 'foundations & utilities not located unless shown.
...�.-.....0 ., _ .. _ ... .a.. " ..�. ...�" .J ......
00
LT7
F
r
U]
GOOD
cq
A
z�
(/7
W
v
LLJ
LLJ
e
I—
W
z
U
Pi
CL
r
zoo
p
zWw
F
�
cr�
0
--
C-)
W
F4
A
H
O
~j
e
W
El
E4
m
w
d
0
21-1
Q
}—
r
LLJ
Q
<C
_J
-I
O
0
C)O
U
W
LI J
O
0
J
—M
0
IL
LJ
`—t
O
Ca
O
0
LLJ
ry
0_
0
0
Q
0-
�
r
CK
171,
Q
n
o-
._a
I
{ 4
t
1
- 1 c
J
n n J J J J f
XW
v�
X
0
t _/111 x
XX
$
W
I—
fn
Z
O
W
1. a. ♦ . " : I2j[! O _'`., '.� L® �VK"L is �i �I, \ " V ro
\ :�! 11,02 S.F. „t.:
I � I
_
E
r'.uruu,:r___ram'.—'T'"".�"'____m`.'e�:,.
I,.. :..... :....., Iv , "5-^..: \ ` Cn .moo
\ 1 31 x 1E :1t �'�� o ..ti..,' p Pa as n 4e�tltP� n ea a a^ Q~ U
4
, r.
t
ly
/ I 1 I ., � ..—e,,,mewm„ .. ,,.�..,�.�' .»�.. .. ..as�a.. R .•, ._.�,«®..�,.es>:... •.. .» ._ :.ii l ..... p I I
ILLJ
c I i / I - _ .«.w:w ._ xmsnn:. �. rJ :. II I' 1 '..: '$• > �. N }
N / \ :\—, q�
, / 6Y 1 v:.®u.»...w®®.�w,m®.:®a ....i�,..w..w:.�:x- \ •'.: '� \' Y N Y
X7
O i� 1 \� / — ma_„y�•= >&IX L_. ;Y... �°y�p�"h• U r
.': Ill
.. .. , �"
t
LAI
MOMWAEM
�G CG 1G
FUTURE
._. /.. •{ ., I DRY qCJEN�Ej1p�},qETAIL
.1111N
L
0.3i AC.
OtO S.F.
• wo = Y =
m o o
0 a
_ f / O
/ 1 t r
\ J TREE PROTECTION o �,
I � 1
I \
I I I '
/
--------------
s : 1. 1. \\ h.. : / \: :\ ::.. \\ /: . ...-:.-.. ......__-_._...__. .-,_.__' ... ....... :. _ .___.. _._ _ ._=_—... ._... _..-,: .__:......:.,-.— ✓'"..--'"" -' m... y:.. �I. yy/. y�43/y�1 J.%�, '-
0
3
E
a
�
0
0
a
o
i
O..
N
1
m
o�
o�
0
r
I. Root prune 11 Sabal Palm roots 60 to e0 days prior'to relocating the palm. Prune
so rootbal' is approsimately 42" diameter x 4211 cleep
2. Thrououehly wet adjacent soil immediately prior to digging the palm. Wrap 42" x42"
rootball -in 'burlap for transport to relocation area:
3. Remove all fill fronds from the crown, Leaving developing foliage :exposed. Crwn
-shallnotbe devold'of green foliage prior to planting
4. Plant palms -in accordance with details and ,specificat;ions in this plalnting plan
package.
5. Refer to plla ting plans for relocation area for palms.
TfREE f FRUN`ING NOTES:
1. Existing trees to remain shall be pruned under the direction of a licensed arborist to
remove dea /dying or potentially detrimental limbs.
2. Tree canopies shall reveal 5 clear trunk minim' um.l
s 3. Mulch around base of trees to remain with specified mulch material rings shall be 3'
m from the trun in all directions.
0
•� N
L
4
r
LEGEND`
CANOPY TREE
TO REMAIN
PALM TREE
.,/
TO REMAIN
Fe
RELOCATE
lam/
REMOVE
l
TOP "1. .54'
i
t
(typical)
V PRUNE DEAD/DYING \'1�IMBS/
AND CREATE 51 MIN. ,,
CLEAR TRUNK FOR EA(�H
PROTECTED TREE TO
REMAIN.
PY
TF�F=E SEOVAL DA7A,
TREES TO REMAIN`
TREE TYPE
25H INCHES
NO. OF TREES
OAKS
29"
3
PINES
J 196" "_'104
FICUS
30"
1
PALM
20-1"
fro
TOTAL
146211
124
TOTAL TREE CREDIT
2,S24" (2X INCHES REMAIN)
TREES TO 5E RELOCATED
TREE TYPE
D5H INCHES
NO. OF TREES
PALM
14111
13
TOTAL
14111
13
TOTAL TREE CREDIT
141"
(IX INCHES RELOCATED)
TREES TO 5E REMOVED
TREE TYPE
D5H INCHES
NO. OF TREES
OAKS
Sll
I
PINES* (12"+)
1063"
168
TOTAL
I,071"
169
MITIGATION REQUIRED
2,142" (2X INCHES
REMOVED)
TOTAL MITIGATION REQUIRED
NO MITIGATION REQUIRED
*(NOTE: OAK TO 5E REMOVED IS
5ELOLU MITIGATION
SIZE THRESHOLD OF 1211, SEE
ST. LUCIE COUNTY LAND DEVELOPMENT
CODE:
SECTION &.00.05, PARAGRAPH
'I?', 51,15-6ECTION 1, TA5LE
.)
Call 48 Hours"
before you dig
It's the Law!
1-800-432-4770
Sunshine State One Call of Florida, Inc.
W
�
W Q
z
z
Y
a
a
rn
W
U
W
O
S
fn
C1
in
U
0
IJ
I.)
LU
z�
O O
z c?
w_
U
0 30' 60'
J
SCALE: 1 "=30' u
DATE
APRIL 2008
PROJECT NO.
041159000
SHEET NUMBER
TI1
30 §
\ 1 rn �
e rn , N AF2K 2 ,/ i E {; �
y I I 2 I 2 i 2 MC 5 l\ \� oOo,oOO
a QV< CO QL CO QL QL `SET Pk & cY \ 1 1 1 1 w
b a Q CO 6 ldf 4g49 \ N\, \� r, N to co
o : �wj Y" -•�' :?"'s-7 1 1 Q :TF. .t''� N N o' N N a
O O O O
""7
S D
EXIS ING FENCE SOD + .,#
TO REMAIN_ _.:. ,
TD _. .. P ._..
:a r ., MULCH BED
_ ., F MU GN BE o 7
,. ,. ti Q4Q'000
o .. I:..,.. EDGE TYP r
S —
� EIa E TY) .. CG C ) t liwEPT �_.� 0
1 1
Y FT
! W � 113 k, .: ; ° .,'z .' 13 ,, ;>: � ELEv. =- 1�.1�` \ � � W' W � (�
o, iIS : C2'V QV .,o :..,t �:.., :5 ..VD ,r,„,,; : \� Q-
W n
..,. `� CONCRETE
s:' 2 \
3q IS , I - ,-;: . � ,�., .., FTVIviE -
IS -
QV 2 Z Z Z Z Z W
y �d,y' $
QL
r r " 7 0. GOLDEN CORRALG
a QQQQQ
VO VO TF
TiP E€LEl (n
6 _
,> \
� 0 40 20 h: -^ �6� 30 3 56
- 3'' W
4G �\ ": \� WWWWW
r 18 VD PM JC
PM 73 \ Q
EXISTING AUSTRALIAN TD 3 0 :,:.
O V
PINES T BE REMOVED
w .P , : ;o a,• w,• , e'e-,emu ,� ! .., ..:..,, u au. ^,w w aro O
QL SOD , : , :-=; '::;, : _- � •.,�-,� - �\
NMilka
a 1 HEDGE RCWS IN GONTINUACSi.. \
PRESERVE 4 LL m 42o-__ M M , 15' MULC MULCH BE&(TYP.)
AREA ULC z
'SS6 S5S o
d% ro co
12 IS IS IS INSTALL ROOT BARRIER
" ♦ VO 1 WM WM QL WM \ O O p
E _ ALONG CUR {gDGE ADJACE iT \ = o h o
O 'LIVE OAKN >, cn N a
QL aC,, IS ISM \� d a
3q ,
, a
cacv
IV,
CD MANHOLEo
IS MC F \ \% I
4 I 4 S�vEhT 24 € C t w d>
- q {yp \
1. ? , k r Eger, = 1OZ7
13 RELOCATED VD G 1 ,I ! c;,
? QV 40 Y fr
s 5 BAL PALMS 30 2 N y
��
VID
( t' 40 IMITS OF \\\\\ @ a
v 1`. .. i . I
TF ARIA SOD \ \ X o
V
h I: D `B }�NTIQN
o 00
= • r.r E TINE
a i ;;.,., F
C3 T ,�« � ...... 2
1
p1
w s. ;, . l I, • : q II 1 2 } ! QL ,t ;:. it w
3 C7 JN e . 16 (I EXISTING"�'FREES I- o : p
I 4 \
o C REMAIN co-
PM CG a (� 10 - i,, . ; . TD ( o
2 s1 a -
TOP 150'w
A "
1 j ... a �-' .--
0� l� J, �i i��N�la1��Al�� N _
o z JC 10. g T PK W n o-
_ e �� l� gp
i CE t r CONCRETE a_2 PINE sWALK o p
. E
E c
" !
- .., MNM, 4JM' TD / �. SI. n d m o
jjI q /AR
[ Ir�II w w
S WOOD F NCE 15177
o S 1 D TF C w am _
N 1 2 I 9 :: • ,.. CG Ea TR E
CE
.. _ � € a". 1. ; -. S ,... M .. + : ' , :.., ,c.:... �:: t. ,_ a=ss °`aI mow: . "'" � .- , fs£7 .�''✓
.. - _ 151 • E€�P , .,_ A�PFIALT .-"31 e,'�� -
a a IS SO
-
ssraw'
- h' . d'"l+. I+ _..1+_... �'' s ix'---- __ - _." .. a:rie �riisl _ TOP:- 16 54' ;r;.:^i ,.-.•. .-•--.:..,m
aETAINING WALL + +++++++ +++ +++ +++ + + + + + ++++ +++ +++ +++++ ++++ ++ SOD
CSID- 1
0 3 MC SP QV C ASPHALTCL
w
0.. .., y,y
� a013'J1 . 13 »c n I IUj
.
a -r- c I I c
o PLAN I ZD H=.DUL� SHRUB AREAS CODE BOTANICAL/COMMON GONT CAL SIZE �+C
y TREES CODE BOTANICAL/COMMON GONT CAL SIZE QTY
9 a IS Ilex vomitoria 'Stokes Dwarf' / Dwarf Youpon 3 gal@ 3 " oc ' 12"xl2" 638
E a + (N) CO Chrysophyllum oliviforme / Satin Leaf F.G. 2.5" Cal. 12-14' Pt x 5' Spd q
"i
N a JIG Juniperus chinensis procumbens 'Nana' / Dwarf Japanese Juniper 3 gal@ 30" oc 12"x12" 307
s o } (N) CE Conocarpus erectus / Green Buttonwood 45 gal 31, C 1. 12-14' Pt x 5' Spd 13
a (N) QL Quercus laurifolia / Laurel -leaved Oak 65 gal 31, C 1. 12'H X /c' SP 36 TA Trachelospermum asiaticum 'Minima" / Dwarf Asiatic Jasmine 3 gal@ 30" oc 1copy%
C\4 ILE
(N) QV Quercus virginiana /Southern Live Oak 100 gal 4" C 1. 14-16` Pt x 7' Spd. 2q o" z ` (N)
�° N TF Tripsocum floridona / Dwarf Fakohatchee Grass 3 gal@ 3 „ oc 24n 522
• a (N) SP Sabah palmetto / Cabbage Palm F.G. 16' CT i26 ,1
J N _„mu'^�+"� Slick trunk
s GROUND COVERS CODE BOTANICAL/COMMON GONT CAS SIZE QT[
- (N) TD Taxodium distichum / Bald Cypress 45 gal 17P X 6' SP 21
LANDSCAPE CALCULATIONS REQUIRED PROVIDED
,North Property Line - 415 LF 14 15
1 Tree per 30 LF, 12' ht. min.
48" high shrub row - 415 LF g3 130
1 shrub per 5 LF
a5outh Property Line - 515 LF 11 11
i Tree er 30 LF 12' ht. min.
2411 high shrub row - 515 LF 103 110
1 shrub per 5 LF
East (US HWY- 1)Propertyy Line - 352 LF 12 13
l Tree per 30 LF, 12' ht. min.
48" high shrub row - 352 LF 11 13
1 shrubper 5 LF
West Property Line - 354 LF 18
I Treeper 30 LF, 12' ht. min. 12
4811 high shrub row - 354 LF 11 111
1 shrub per 5 LF
Parkingg Islands
I tree per island 39 39
17,
30 rn� 5' CT
` TD2 Tracfielosperm' •asiaticum 'Minima' / Dwarf Jasmine 3 gal@ 30" oc 611x121l 24 • Not including property line along Preservation Area in the West,
ORNAMENT) PALM CODE BOTANICAL/COMMON GONT CAL SIZE ROOT BARRIER:
0 0
3(11,DEEP (UB 3G-2� BY DEEP ROOT, OR APPROVED EQUAL).
PM Phoenix roebelenii / Multi -Trunk Pigmy Date Palm F.G. 6' CA 10 INSTALL BETWEEN' PLANTINGS +E RETAINING WALL PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS, APPROXIMATELY 310 L.F.
o r Double Trunk, matching, 4' CT min
0
c " SHRUBS CODE BOTANICAL/COMMON CONT QC SIZE QT� -
a SOD St. Augustine Floratum Bid per square foot :installed
a Bid P 1 II aa ensaoa' qY -
o O (N) GG Ghrysobalanus Icaco /Green Gocoplum 7 gal 36" D.C. 48 x3Q SOD2 Bhi'Pcl
163 Per s are foot installed
o a
NO z
- I _
o -
„ I � I - 5% O
• 1 _ S A MS NATIVE- 84/ 1 428 OF 2 408 SHRUBS/G OUNDGOVER NAT VE q
I 1 O 153 TREES/PALMS /P L
00 JN Jasmrnum nitldum / Shining Jasmine 3 -gal 30'D.C. 24 x24 ,42 (N) NATIVE PLANT(' 128 F TR ,
CY)a LANDSCAPE NOTES _
n o
a O (N) MC Myrica cerifera / Wax Myrtle 7 gal 301 .C. 48"x3011 271 ALL LANDSCAPE BE AREAS TO RECIEVE 100% COVERAGE BY MEANS OF AN AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM. IRRIGATION SYSTEM SHALL INCLUDE AN AUTOMATIC. RAIN 0 30' 60'
o SENSOR TO RESTRICT THE WATERING OF VEGETATION DURING A RAIN EVENT. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSURE THAT ADEQUATE WATER IS SUFFICIENTLY SUPPLIED IN
c� U g NECESSARY QUANTITIES TO ALL NEWLY INSTALLED PLANTINGS TO ESTABLISH PLANT MATERIAL.
r
(N) VO Viburnum obovatum / Walter's Viburnum 3 al 36" .C. 24"x18" 155 SCALE: 1"=30'
"M
c 3" LAYER OF SHREpDED EUCALYPTUS MULCH PER SPECIFICATIONS
I CL
ALL PLANTINGS SHALL IN
m
VD Viburnum odoratissimum / Sweet Viburnum 3 gal 36"i .G 24"x18" 218 PLANT LIST QUANTITIES ARE PROVIDED FOR CONVENIENCE. IN THE EVENT OF QUANTITY DISCREPANCIES, THE DRAWING SHALLT E PRECEDENCE. IT IS THE
Y CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PLANT MATERIAL QUANTITIES, INCLUDING SOD AND MULCH.
h ° ' NO INTRUSIVE ROOT SYSTEM VEGETATION' SHALL BE PLACED WITHIN TEN FEET OF UTILITIES OWNED, OR TO BE OWNED BY PSLUSD. NO LANDSCAPING SHALL BE PLACED
E IN A MANNER THAT WOULD CREATE CONFLICTS WITH THE INTENDED OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF UTILITIES OWNED OR TO BE OWNED BY PSLUSD.
E
c v
Call 48 Hours
before you dig
It's the Law'
1-800-432-4770
\ Sunshine State One Call of Florida, Inc.
Q
0
JJ
Q Lc
z
s®m O
U
w
U
D
J
DATE
APRIL 2008
PROJECT NO.
041159000
SHEET NUMBER
C- ~
17,
30 rn� 5' CT
` TD2 Tracfielosperm' •asiaticum 'Minima' / Dwarf Jasmine 3 gal@ 30" oc 611x121l 24 • Not including property line along Preservation Area in the West,
ORNAMENT) PALM CODE BOTANICAL/COMMON GONT CAL SIZE ROOT BARRIER:
0 0
3(11,DEEP (UB 3G-2� BY DEEP ROOT, OR APPROVED EQUAL).
PM Phoenix roebelenii / Multi -Trunk Pigmy Date Palm F.G. 6' CA 10 INSTALL BETWEEN' PLANTINGS +E RETAINING WALL PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS, APPROXIMATELY 310 L.F.
o r Double Trunk, matching, 4' CT min
0
c " SHRUBS CODE BOTANICAL/COMMON CONT QC SIZE QT� -
a SOD St. Augustine Floratum Bid per square foot :installed
a Bid P 1 II aa ensaoa' qY -
o O (N) GG Ghrysobalanus Icaco /Green Gocoplum 7 gal 36" D.C. 48 x3Q SOD2 Bhi'Pcl
163 Per s are foot installed
o a
NO z
- I _
o -
„ I � I - 5% O
• 1 _ S A MS NATIVE- 84/ 1 428 OF 2 408 SHRUBS/G OUNDGOVER NAT VE q
I 1 O 153 TREES/PALMS /P L
00 JN Jasmrnum nitldum / Shining Jasmine 3 -gal 30'D.C. 24 x24 ,42 (N) NATIVE PLANT(' 128 F TR ,
CY)a LANDSCAPE NOTES _
n o
a O (N) MC Myrica cerifera / Wax Myrtle 7 gal 301 .C. 48"x3011 271 ALL LANDSCAPE BE AREAS TO RECIEVE 100% COVERAGE BY MEANS OF AN AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM. IRRIGATION SYSTEM SHALL INCLUDE AN AUTOMATIC. RAIN 0 30' 60'
o SENSOR TO RESTRICT THE WATERING OF VEGETATION DURING A RAIN EVENT. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSURE THAT ADEQUATE WATER IS SUFFICIENTLY SUPPLIED IN
c� U g NECESSARY QUANTITIES TO ALL NEWLY INSTALLED PLANTINGS TO ESTABLISH PLANT MATERIAL.
r
(N) VO Viburnum obovatum / Walter's Viburnum 3 al 36" .C. 24"x18" 155 SCALE: 1"=30'
"M
c 3" LAYER OF SHREpDED EUCALYPTUS MULCH PER SPECIFICATIONS
I CL
ALL PLANTINGS SHALL IN
m
VD Viburnum odoratissimum / Sweet Viburnum 3 gal 36"i .G 24"x18" 218 PLANT LIST QUANTITIES ARE PROVIDED FOR CONVENIENCE. IN THE EVENT OF QUANTITY DISCREPANCIES, THE DRAWING SHALLT E PRECEDENCE. IT IS THE
Y CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PLANT MATERIAL QUANTITIES, INCLUDING SOD AND MULCH.
h ° ' NO INTRUSIVE ROOT SYSTEM VEGETATION' SHALL BE PLACED WITHIN TEN FEET OF UTILITIES OWNED, OR TO BE OWNED BY PSLUSD. NO LANDSCAPING SHALL BE PLACED
E IN A MANNER THAT WOULD CREATE CONFLICTS WITH THE INTENDED OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF UTILITIES OWNED OR TO BE OWNED BY PSLUSD.
E
c v
Call 48 Hours
before you dig
It's the Law'
1-800-432-4770
\ Sunshine State One Call of Florida, Inc.
Q
0
JJ
Q Lc
z
s®m O
U
w
U
D
J
DATE
APRIL 2008
PROJECT NO.
041159000
SHEET NUMBER
C- ~
I CL
ALL PLANTINGS SHALL IN
m
VD Viburnum odoratissimum / Sweet Viburnum 3 gal 36"i .G 24"x18" 218 PLANT LIST QUANTITIES ARE PROVIDED FOR CONVENIENCE. IN THE EVENT OF QUANTITY DISCREPANCIES, THE DRAWING SHALLT E PRECEDENCE. IT IS THE
Y CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY PLANT MATERIAL QUANTITIES, INCLUDING SOD AND MULCH.
h ° ' NO INTRUSIVE ROOT SYSTEM VEGETATION' SHALL BE PLACED WITHIN TEN FEET OF UTILITIES OWNED, OR TO BE OWNED BY PSLUSD. NO LANDSCAPING SHALL BE PLACED
E IN A MANNER THAT WOULD CREATE CONFLICTS WITH THE INTENDED OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF UTILITIES OWNED OR TO BE OWNED BY PSLUSD.
E
c v
Call 48 Hours
before you dig
It's the Law'
1-800-432-4770
\ Sunshine State One Call of Florida, Inc.
Q
0
JJ
Q Lc
z
s®m O
U
w
U
D
J
DATE
APRIL 2008
PROJECT NO.
041159000
SHEET NUMBER
C- ~
C- ~
,
t
I
m
m
CD
I I I Ljj
o ,nrN�
o N
W W W W W
i-Ff-F-f-
Y I: :PROTECT TREE TRUNK WITH ;20- I. FIVE (5) LAYERS OF I. PROTECT TREE TRUNK WITH Q Q Q Q
o BLACK RUBBER HOSE. BRLAP TO PROTECT BLACK RUBBER HOSE.
2. #10 GAUGE WIRE (NOTE FOR 12�p• TRUNK 'j20° 2. #10 GAUGE WIRE (NOTE FOR N
MULTI -TRUNK TREES USE 120°. 2. TWO STEEL BANDS TO SECURE ✓ MULTI -TRUNK TREES, USE D D D D :D z
SEPARATE GUYS TO STRONGEST PLAN BATTENS SEPARATE GUYS TO STRONGEST o � I 0. -
-05
LN
TRUNKS AT CENTER OF EACH). 3. FIVE 2' X 4' X 18° WOOD HA I TENS \ MINIM F OF NINE (q) GOOD I TRUNKS AT CENTER OF EACH)A. WA5HINGTO ALM FRONDS I °. LA
- Z z z Z :.z >3. THREE 2" X 8' LODGE POLES 4. 3-2' X 8' LODGE POLES. RAIL PALMS 51MILAR W/ I P - 3. THREE 2° X 8' LODGE POLES Q Q Q < SPACE EVENLY AROUND TREE. (DRILL AND NAIL IF NECESSARY) BOOTS INTACT. _ 12 120• 2. PRUNE AND TIE FRONDS SPACE EVENLY AROUND TREE. J J -J J J
4. 3" MINIMUM OF MULCH AS 8. SEE PLANS AND WITH HEMP TWINE. CABBAGE '
70 BATTENS 2' X 4' STAKES. FLAG 4. 3 MINIMUM OF MULCH AS
AT MIDPOINT AT BASE. - PALM$ TO BESELECTIVELY 5PECIFIED,WHERE TREES ARE
PLACED IN WHERE TREES ARE 'SPECS. FOR PALMS W/ .PLAN
r , HOOTS TO REMAIN, ON i "HURRICANE CUT',LEAVING PLACED IN SOD MULCH RING FOR
° PLACED IN SOD MULCH RING FOR ,
• ° 5. 3°MINIMUM OF MULCH AS SPECIFIED. 3-4 SMALLER, TRIMMED - TREES PLANTED ON SLOPE SHALL W W W W W
TREES SHALL BE 8 DIAMETER TRUNK. � -
(MIN.) OR AS DIRECTED BY WHERE TREES ARE PLACED IN SOD, FRONDS, - BE LIMITED TO MULCH WITHIN THE I
0 MULCH RING FOR LARGE TREES C. FINAL TREE STAKING 3. 5 LAYERS OF BURLAP TO 0 PLANT PIT OR AS DIRECTED BY - - - -
OWNER5 REPRESENTATIVE. DETAILS. AND PLACEMENT 2 (n V) V) (n A
SHALL BE 8' DIAMETER (MIN.) OR PROTECT TRUNK. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE.
Y 5. SOIL BERM TO HOLD WATER. AS DIRECTED OWNER'S
TO BE APPROVED BY
b. FINISHED GRADE I - OWNER. d7 5. SOIL BERM TO HOLD WATER. TOP z
o REPRESENTATIVE. r i
4. FIVE 2" X 4" X IB° WOOD � � o
(SEE GRADING PLAN) D. CONTRACTOR SHALL 8 " 3 BATTENS. of PLANTING PIT BERM TO BE
N
:....6. SOIL BERM TO HOLD WATER. SSURE PERCOLATION OF .6. SECURE BATTENS WITH 2- LEVEL ACROSS PIT. SLOPE
a A 1..
7. TOP OF ROOTBALL MIN. I" 2 3/4' CARBON STEEL BANDS DOWNHILL PORTION OF BERM AS U
v 7.FINISHED GRADE SEE ALL PLANTING PITS REQUIRED TO MEET EXISTING a.
o ABOVE FINISHED GRADE (TO HOLD BATTENS IN PLACE
B. B t H OR CONTAINERIZED 3: .SLOPE, (n z
e' 2 GRADING PLAN �yy GRADE. SOD EXPOSED TOPSOIL
PRIOR 70 INSTALLATION 4. NO NAILS SHALL BE DRIVEN a �U 2 � M M
o - DRAINAGEREFER TCONPD t ON OA
_ (SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR E. TOP ROOTBALL MIN. I" ABOVE INTO
SHALL BE LOCATED 6. FINISHED GRADE
vi 4i rn
T ROOT BALL REQUIREMENTS). FINISHED GRADE - „DETAIL. 5 co w - N
0 3 ) q. %5 OR CONTAINERIZED (SEE OFIN R7HE POANLMOFORE HEIGHT 3 (SEE GRADING PLAN) ®.� Q J N o
:. E q. PREPARED PLANTING SOIL SPECIFICATIONS FOR ROOT BALL OA=OVERALL PALM - 7. TOP OF ROOTBALL MIN. I O o n
Y AS SPECIFIED. 6 ADEQUATE BRACING. 4 ABOVE FINISHED GRADE _ W, oN v~ o0
4 REQUIREMENTS). HEIGHT (MEASURED EXISTING GRADE >+ U) (0
a I0. ROOTBALLS GREATER THAN 24' I10. 2" x 4" z 3' (MIN) P.T. WOOD TO TOP OF BUD) CT 6. (3) VX4"XS' SUPPORTS. NAIL DASHED 8. B t B OR CONTAINERIZED N Q a x o
DIAMETER SHALL BE PLACED ON (DASHED)
=o 5 5 STAKES BURIED 3" BELOW FINISHED - CT -CLEAR TRUNK G 7 (DRILL AND NAIL IF 5 (SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR aLL
MOUND OF UNDISTURBED SOIL T0:
PREVENT SETTLING ROOTBALLS GRADE. (MEASURED TO NECESSARY) TO BATTENS ROOT BALL REQUIREMENTS). ¢ o
6 ill. PREPARED PLANTING SOIL AS AND 2" X 4' STAKES. FLAG C3 0 °
o. SMALLER THAN 24" IN DIA. MAY BOTTOM OF 6 q. PREPARED PLANTING SOIL z o z
o 6 - SPECIFIED.: 8 AT MIDPOINT AND AT BASE. AS SPECIFIED. k' m
i
11V
SIT ON COMPACTED EARTH. LEAF SHEATHS) o o
v NOTES r" o 7 12. ROOTBALL5 GREATER THAN 24' GW=GRAY WOOD 7. PROVIDE FLAGGING A7 n Y of
DIAMETER SHALL BE PLACED ON MEASURED TO TOP 9 o SHALL
THAN
( MIDPOINT AND BASE. "='s. ''=i::DIAMETERw >
10. ROOTBALLS G 24
:,,,, ;:�• A. CONTRACTOR SHALL ASSURE �`. MOUND OF UNDISTURBED SOIL 70 OF HARDENEDMOUND OF " SHALL BE PLACED ON o n
R„
7 PERCOLATION OF ALL PLANTING 8PREVENT SETTLING. B. 3 SPECIFIED MULCH ' PREVENT SUETTLINGREOOTBALLS D SOIL 0 J
-° .N ` •.. '. p PITS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 12n 10. OLD WATER 24" IN ^ 3
TRUNK)
q. BERM SOIL TO H SMALLER THAN DIA. MAY n
N 8 B. FINAL TREE STAKING DETAILS - q. NOTES: 10. FINISH GRADE 8 517 ON COMPACTED EARTH. o " 3
_.
s
3 11
AND PLACEMENT 70 BE A. CONTRACTOR SHALL A55URE
° D- APPROVED BY OWNER. -p' PERCOLATION OF ALL PLANTING. _ 0. A. CONTRACTOR SHALL ASSURE LA
�. o
IL 2X4X24 MIN P.T. WOOD
_ �� �r IO PITS PRIOR .TO INSTALLATION. ( ) �p� PERCOLATION OF ALL PLANTING O
°' �' q C. "TREE SAVER° r STAKES (TYP.) NAIL 70 !- q PITS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. N a
.; 12° ANCHORING SYSTEM: MAY HE 12° B: FINAL TREE STAKING DETAILS ; - SUPPORT POLES 12" S. FINAL TEE STAKING DETAILS o
SUBSTITUTED FOR WOOD TYP.
TYP• STAKING SYSTEM UPON Il AND PLACEMENT TO BE .,' Il 12. PREPARED PLANTING SOIL TYP. AND PLACEMENT TO BE
APPROVED BY OWNER. `" AS SPECIFIED APPROVED BY OWNER. ct
° APPROVAL BY OWNER OR -+! v.
3 10 :OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE C. 'TREE SAVER°` I2 lO C. "TREE SAVER' _ ._m
*ALL TREESSHALL HEPLUMB VERTICALLY WITHIN I2 ANCHORING SYSTEM MAY BE � ANCHORING SYSTEM MAY BE D
Ln
*' * ALL TREES SHALL BE PLUMB VERTICALLY WIT14IN A SUBSTITUTED FOR.WOOD * ALL TREES SHALL BE PLUMB VERTICALLY WITHIN A - z .0-)
�. TOLERANCE OF THREE DEGREES UNLE55 OTHERWISE SUBSTITUTED FOR WOOD
L TOLERANCE OF THREE DEGREES, UNLESS OTHERWISE DIRECTED BY OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE .STAKING SYSTEM UPON *.ALLPALMS SHALL BE PLUMB VERTICALLY WITHIN A TOLERANCE OF THREE DEGREES, UNLESS OTHERWISE STAKING SYSTEM UPON w .,o cCa
3 DIRECTED BY OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE. APPROVAL BY OWNER OR DIRECTED BY OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE. r
u TOLERANCE OF THREE DEGREES, UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVAL BY OWNER OR �p
OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE DIRECTED BY OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE C < -
I N Small Tree Planting Large Tree Planting Palm Planting free Planting on a Slope
_ ^ SECTION (Leas Thm 14') - NT5 LJ .:SECTION (14' or Larger) NTS `� SECTION - NTS SECTION NTS _ o c1f,
w ..
X' WIDTH VARIES - SEE PLANS Z o Q
D -
BEST FACE OF SHRUB/ 2 1
0
GROUNDCOVER TO FACE '3 J o..�
FRONT OF PLANTING BED. + + + Lw 0 Df C)
° i( .REFER TO PLANT .'.� + +NOTES: ~O d
TOP OF
ROOTBALLS TO
c`� w • � ° SCHEDULE OR SPACING + .+ �' �': + 1. MOUNDING UPBTO THE TOP OF
o °oa " ° ° ° "� " °°® ¢ w m o
a j
ZONE
o� N2C O o ,ate r MAINTAIN 12"DEAD
BED DEDGE. P 2: PRUROONEASHRUBS AS DIRECTED BY N a w
�1UrJ of
2 i 3 4 5 .NOTES: 2 1 3 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE.
I' 1 . - LCH AS
1. TOP OF SHRUB ROOTBALLS TO BE 3•'SPECF31 IIED. WHERE MUM OF USHRUBS ARE
P.
PLANTED I" - 2" NIGH WITH SOIL PLACED IN. MASSES. MULCH SHALL
2 I MOUNDING UP TO THE TOP OF EXISTING GRADE. BE SPREAD IN A. CQ•171N0005 BED. PLANTER ISLAND NOTES
a ROOTBALL (DASHED):.
4. SOIL BERM TO HOLD WATER. TOP I. CROWN ISLANDS @ 5:1 SLOPES (OR AS SPECIFIED ON THE LANDSCAPE PLANS). �♦//��
I. INSTALL CONTINUOUS MULCH BED ADJACENT 70 PARKING SPACES AND 2. PRUNE ALL SHRUBS TO ACHIEVE A 4 v/
°
B
a SURROUNDING PARKING LOT ISLANDS AS SHOWN. MULCH SHALL BE MIN. ° UNIFORM MASS/HEIGHT ° OF PLANTING PIT BERM TO BE J
LEVEL ACRO55 PIT. SLOPE 2. CLEAR ZONE: 36" MIN. FROM BACK OF CURB TO CENTER OF NEAREST SHRUB.
A0 W°-UP IRRIGATION HEADS SHALL BE LOCATED WITHIN 24" OF A ° ° ' ° °
3. 31 MINIMUM MULCH AS SPECIFIED DOWNHILL PORTION OF BERM AS CLEAR ZONE SHALL CONTAIN 3" CONTINUOUS MULCH OR TURF, SEE PLANS.
u PARKING SPACE ON ANY SIDE 5. REQUIRED TO MEET EXISTING
3 GRADE. MULCH OVER EXPOSED
2. CURB OR PARKING LOT EDGE, BY OTHERS 4. EXCAVATE ENTIRE BED SPECIFIED TOPSOIL 3, 2" MIN VERTICAL CLEARANCE TOP OF CURB TO TOP OF MULCH.
FOR GROUNDCOVER BED.. FINISHED GRADEUj
5. FINISHED GRADE (SEE GRADING 5. F * EXCAVATE A CONTINUOUS 24" DEEP PIT (FROM TOP OF CURB) FOR ENTIRE LENGTH
(SEE GRADING PLAN) �•y
Parking �Jpace/CUrb Planting PLAN). ` AND WIDTH OF ISLAND t BACKFILL WITH APPROVED PLANTING MIX. u
-o - 6.PREPARED PLANTING SOIL AS 6 6. PREPARED PLANTING SOIL
SECTION NTS AS SPECIFIED.
6 r Y7
° D ^ SPECIFIED. NOTE: WHEN GROUND- "" 7 * PROTECT RETAIN ALL CURBS AND BASE. COMPACTED SUBGRADE TO REMAIN
7 �•/
COVERS"AND SHRUBS USED 1N '� 7. SCARIFY ROOTBALL SIDES
T o V 74;, MASSES, ENTIRE BED TO BE 4" AND BOTTOM. FOR STRUCTURAL SUPPORT OF CURB SYSTEM (TYP).Z
NI aOIMI YPAMENDED WITH PLANT NG L X AS SPECIFIED. A. CONTRACTOR SHALL A55URE ALL ISLANDS SHALL UTILIZE POOR DRAINAGE DETAIL WHEN PERCOLATION RATES
u * ALL SHRUBS AND GROUNDCOVERS. BALL BE PLUMB VERTICALLY, * ALL 514RUBS AND GROUNDCOVERS.SHALL BE PLUMB VERTICALLY, PERCOLATION OF ALL PLANTING ARE 2" PER HOUR OR LESS.
E UNLESS OTHERWISE DIRECTED BY OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE. 7. SCARIFY ROOTBALL SIDES UNLE55 OTHERWISE DIRECTED BY OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. PITS PRIOR 70 INSTALLATION. Z
r a AND BOTTOM.
i v Shrub / Groundcover` Planting Shrub / Groundcover Planting on a Slope Planted Parking Lot Islands / Medians J
r (�
PLAWSECTION NT5 `^ SECTION NT5 SECTION NTSCL
a ° 6` „> ` ;` ° I. FINISH GRADE
N o � 2. BACKFILL WITH PREPARED
° PLANTING SOIL MIX ASLfi e 6'H 'PERIMETER PLUS" CONSTRUCTION FENCE BY
DRIPLINE O CONNED PLASTICS OR OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE
N -va ROOTBALL ,, SPECIFIED... LE� .CO
.�
5 3. FILTER CLOTH, MIRAFI (TYP.) APPROVED EQUAL. SUBMIT PRODUCT' INFORMATION
LIMITS OF : ; . , 50OX OR BETTER FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.
1
TREE/ Q
N
SHRUB PIT}:R:-_ 4. 12' CLEAN SAND;
COMPACTED. ADJUST ',S. r I: A M OS TSO 2 x 8 .::: _,�� ;;t-;=-:.„-,:-.- -.�' 2
N ._ ..,..,,. 2 8 7 LL E7AL..7 P T R 2 X -s, .,r�., `. -r>.�'.`._,
O 0
¢ LAYER THICKNE55 50 TOP PRESSURE TREATED WOOD POSTS WITH O
OF ROOTBALL IS AT LEAST `., �: 6 "
2 BURIAL BELOW GRADE
.: 4 B G D
° I ABOVE FINISHED GRADE ". '.; .2 MIN.-
°' "'INSTALLATION NOTES:
3 v PLAN I 36 MIN TO CENTER
5. SLOPE BOTTOM TO DRAIN
OF TRUNK J
N _ _ r A. P057 SELECTION SHOULD BE BASED ONyJµ j y y;5
r WILE OOTBALL b. t18 m AUGURED HOLE - A r_,lA ,;, "'
PENETRATE THROUGH ". ;•tip ,
EXPECTED STRENGTH NEEDS AND THE.
OCCLUDING LAYER TO WATER ELEVATION LENGTH OF TIME FENCE WILL BE IN PLACE. a o TABLE OR TO A DEPTH OF FLEXIBLE FIBERGLASS ROD POSTS ARE R ;;11-`r < f a �:Cr, A iw {
v: N 7' TO ASSURE PROPER DRIP INE : RECOMMENDED FOR PARKS, ATHLETIC
° L
-. .. PERCOLATION. ' i ,
_ ., - •: , • 2 r (TYP.), � EVENTS AND CROWD CONTROL INSTALLATIONS.
o. •� c,.:. ° :. • n d ° o > METAL T POSTS OR'TREATED WOOD POSTS
24 (MIN) °
o m �q ii ;__, _, � 7. BACKFILL WITH I/2" - 3/4" ,; X ,.x ARE TYPICALLY USED FOR CONSTRUCTION
v r m� 3 GRAVEL. STONE MULCH
• r AND OTHER APPLICATIONS.
i WATER 8 7-6 7-6
a Tizau*1=-LZ r 4 8. VARIES) TABLE (DEPTH
. r - - = - ��� ��� B. POSTS SHOULD BE DRIVEN INTO THE ,
a 5 ) I I IiII IIiII (i I+1 ` I I I i - =III GROUND. TO A DEPTH OF I/3 OF THE HEIGHT 'FRONT' OF HYDRANT (TOWARD CURB)'
NOTE: 6 .c OF THE POST. FOR EXAMPLE, A 6 POST
_ FOR A PARKING ISLAND O.C. SHOULD BE SET AT LEAST 2'INTO THE Z
PLANTING SITUATION
o NOTES PLAN VIEW
GROUND.
o e CONTRACTOR To BACKFILL I. FIRE HYDRANT o
7 ENTIRE LENGTH OF *'CLEAR ZONE: 36" MINI FROM BUILDING TO CENTER OF NEAREST SHRUB. : C. SPACE POSTS EVERY 6' (MIN.) TO 8' (MAX.), U
M a V PLANTING AREA TO WITHIN 2. No PLANT MATERIAL SHALL BE PLACED WITHIN SHOWN RADIUS OF ALL w
6" of HACK of cuRH OR PROPOSED OR EXISTING FIRE HYDRANTS. CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST PLANT D. SECURE FENCING TO POST WITH NYLON p
a 3 EDGE OF PAVEMENT. *STONE MULCH: 24" MIN. F OM BUILDING, INSTALL STONE MULCH. MULCH TIME TO BE : MATERIAL SO THAT NO CONFLICTS WITH FIRE HYDRANTS OCCUR ON SITE. U
_o t18' RED LAVA ROCK OR OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE APPROVED EQUAL. STONE MULCH TO CABLE TIES (AVAILABLE FROM CONWED
o REFER TO NOTE 0.3 OF BE INSTALLED TO A DEP N OF 3" (MIN.) PLASTICS), WOOD STRIPS MAY BE ALSO BE _j
° WRITTEN SPECIFICATIONS FOR USED To PROVIDE ADDITIONAL SUPPORT 3• PROVIDE A CLEAR ZONE SURROUNDING AREA INDICATED. SOD OR 3"
r SECTION ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. CORNER CONNECTION AND PROTECTION BETWEEN TIES AND POSTS. SPECIFIED MULCH - SEE PLANS FOR SITUATION/LOCATION.
y CONNECTION p NOTE: IF WIRE TIES ARE USED, AVOID DIRECT CONTACT DATE
3 Poor Drainage Condition Plantin s Adjacent to Buildings Tree/Shrub Protector WITH FENCE. WIRE MAY DAMAGE FENCE OVER TIME: FIr2 i�ydf Qilt 'C12Qf Of1Z
s I PLAN/SECTION NTs K L APRIL 2OOF3
Y J SECTION NTS Barrier. Detail ` NTS PI AN NTS PROJECT N0.
041159000
d
E,
SHEET NUMBER
LA2
L
✓ ..eve.. n r .W:.
..
1 c i n r , :: 0 0o
} a, m
tr Eyy�ra, �yE i >Y r n A ,
GENERAL LANDSCAPE SPECIFICATIONS AND NOTES ;'"rl = w W w w w
a
E I.,..•. t pL' ;--"' r I
Y A. SCOPE OF WORK 1ATE 1A+ tia aft. ,_ �I .,I A Q Q Q Q Q
G. FERTILIZER :' A
n >i I
i ' �' It (.':;.. r f , ...f.x kFp "_`., ) ,xxl l. , u,. I
Q. c ORI� �CiC �I It7N5 OFw UTILITIES CONDUITS SUPPLY LINES AND CABLES INCLUDING BUT 4.SQD NG t
1 , .i 1. THE WORK CONSISTS OF: FURNISHING ALL LABOR MATERIALS EQUIPMENT TOOLS r .. r ,
I I ITP 0 I AS (LINES ATAWS)/WA SANl A SEWER
.. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE t0 OIF'�- 6 T ELE��� G L E AND TER TRY ' <.,.. ,,
_ TRANSPORTATION AND ANY OTHER APPUR NAN LL PR V DE FERTILIZER APPLICATION SCHEDULE TO OWNER' AS APPLICABLE., f C, (, w
TE CES NECESSARY FOR THE COMPLETION OF THIS r- ,r � , . it • . A 0
A TIE CONTRACTOR SHALL 50 LL AREAS THAT ARE.QT P VED R
STORMWATER SYSTEMS' CABLE AND TELEPHONE. PROPERLY MAINTAIN A T C ,,, _
SOIL TYPE PLANT INSTALLATION TYPE
,AND: SITES PROPOSED USE; SUGGESTED FERTILIZER L
PROJECT AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AS INCLUDED IN THE PLANT LIST, AN , PE, GG � � N._ ,
T, D AS HEREIN , PLANTED AS DESIGNATED ON,, .: RAWINGS WITHIN' THE CONTRACT o
EXISTIN U ILI I -S. CAI NA IONA ONE CALL - 811 - TO LOCATE UTI I I' HE..p
SPECIFIED. TYPES SHALL BE ORGANIC OTHERWISE NATURALLY DERIVED: G T T,E LL T L I T ,
LIMITS, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. -
o zzzzz >
s 3: 5UB ' A EXCAVATION: CONTRACTOR O I5 RESPONSIBLE TO REMOVE ALL' ES I AN
2. WORK SHALL INCLUDE MAINTENANCE AND WATERING OF ALL CONTRACT PLAN *FERTILIZER S IC - GR DE EX T TR T R R T NG D . w .f TING AREAS UNTIL RE TR TI NS MAY APPLY REFER TO PROPERTY'S JURISDICTIONAL AUTHORITY. Q Q Q Q Q �
3 IMPORTED LIMEROCK'AND LIMEROCK'SUB-BASE FROM ALL LANDSCAPE PLANiINC AREAS TO•'A B. THE SOD SHALL BE CERTIFIED TO MEET FLORIDA STATE PLANT BOARD CERTIFICATION OF ACCEPTABILITY @Y THE OWNER. J
H. MULCH MINIMUM DEPTH OF 361. CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE TO BACKFI'LL THESE PLANTINGAREAS SPECIFICATIONS; ABSOLUTELY TRUE TO VARIETAL TYPE, AND FREE J J J J
wwwl'IL
5. PROTECTION OF EXISTING STRUCTURES TO ROUGH FINISHED GRADE WITH CLEAN TOPSOIL FROM AN ON -SITE SOURCE OR ANIMPORTED.; FROM WEEDS, FUNGUS, INSECTS AND DISEASE OF ANY KIND.
MULCH MATERIAL SHAL BE MOISTENED AT THETIMEOF APPLICATION TO PREVENT WIND SOURCE. IF LIMEROCK OR OTHER ADVERSE CONDITIONS OCCUR IN PLANTED AREAS .AFTER -36" W w w w w
ALL EXISTING BUILDINGS WALKS WALLS PAVING, PIPING, , ' " G, P G, OTHER SITE CONSTRUCTION ITEMS,. AND DISPLACEMENT AND APPLIED AT A MINIMUM. DEPTH OF 3 .INCHES. CLEAR MULCH FROM 'EACH -
PLANTING
, DEEP.EXCAVATION BY THE CONTRACTOR, AND POSITIVE DRAINAGE CAN NOT @E ACHIEVED, C. SOD PANELS SHALL BE LAID TIGHTLY TOGETHER SO AS TO MAKE A
- - - - - ALREADY COMPLETED OR ESTABLISHED SHALL BE PROTECTED FROM DAMAGE BY THE PLANTS CROWN (BASE). TYPE OF MATERIAL _"FLORIMULGH" OR EUCALYPTUS MULCH. AI THAT ADDRESSES
( ) AINAGE:`' SOLID SODDED LAWN AREA. SOD SHALL BE LAID UNIFORMLY AGAINST (� (� (� (� (� ' CONTRACTOR SHALL UTILIZE PLANTING DETAIL T T ADORES E POOR DR THE EDGES OF ALL CURBS AND OTHER HARDSCAPE ELEMENTS PAVED o
CONTRACTOR UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. ALL DAMAGE RESULTING FROM NEGLIGENCE SHALL BE
N REPAIRED OR REPLACED TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE OWNER; AT NO COST TO THE OWNER 4. FURNISH NURSERY'S CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE WITH ALL REQUIREMENTS A5 HEREIN AND PLANTED AREAS. ADJACENT TO BUILDINGS A 24 INCH STONE z
a I. DIGGING AND HANDLING SPECIFIED AND REQUIRED. INSPECT AND SELECT PLANT MATERIALS BEFORE PLANTS ARE DUG MULCH STRIP SHALL BE PROVIDED -REFER TO DETAILS. IMMEDIATELY
AT NURSERY OR GROWING SITE. FOLLOWING SOD LAYING, THE LAWN AREAS SHALL BE ROLLED WITH A c
C. PROTECTION OF EXISTING PLANT MATERIALS OUTSIDE LIMIT OF WORK 1. PROTECT ROOTS OR ROOT BALLS OF PLANTS AT ALL TIMES FROM SUN, DRYING WINDS, WATER LAWN ROLLER CUSTOMARILY USED FOR SUCH PURPOSES AND THEN Z J o
H AND FREEZING, AS NECESSARY UNTIL PLANTING. PLANT MATERIALS SHALL BE ADEQUATELY 5. GENERAL: COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE, COUNTY, AND LOCAL REGULATIONS THOROUGHLY IRRIGATED. IF, IN THE OPINION OF THE OWNER, a� - I01
THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL UNAUTHORIZED GUTTING OR DAMAGE TO TREES (ri ,v °
AND SHRUBS EXISTING 0 PACKED TO PREVENT DAMAGE DURING TRANSIT. TREES TRANSPORTED MORE THAN TEN (10) GOVERNING LANDSCAPE MATERIALS AND WORK. CONFORM TO ACCEPTED HORTICULTURAL TOP -DRESSING I5 NECESSARY AFTER ROLLING TO FILL THE VOIDS ca w N o T G R OTHERWISE CAUSED BY CARELESS EQUIPMENT OPERATION MATERIAL i 'U a ^ o
STOCKPILING ETC: THIS SHALL HI U CO ' MILES OR WHICH ARE NOT PLANTED WITHIN THREE (3) DAYS OF DELIVERY TO SITE SHALL BE PRACTICES AS USED IN THE TRADE. UPON ARRIVAL AT THE SITE , PLANTS SHALL BE BETWEEN THE SOD PANELS AND TO EVEN OUT INCONSISTENCIES IN THE o o 5
T INCLUDE COMPACTION BY DRIVING OR PARKING INSIDE THE SPRAYED WITH AN ANTITRANSPIRANT PRODUCT ("WILTPRUF" OR EQUAL) TO MINIMIZE THOROUGHLY WATERED AND PROPERLY MAINTAINED UNTIL PLANTED. PLANTS STORED SOD CLEAN SAND AS APPROVED BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE _ 0
DRIP -LINE AND SPILLING OIL, GASOLINE, OR OTHER DELETERIOUS MATERIALS WITHIN THE DRIP -LINE. a N v a
TRANSPIRATIONAL WATER LOSS. ON -SITE SHALL NOT REMAIN UNPLANTED FOR A PERIOD EXCEEDING TWENTY-FOUR (24) SHALL BE UNIFORMLY SPREAD OVER THE ENTIRE SURFACE OF THE SOD N Q ¢ x U
NO MATERIALS SHALL BE BURNED WHERE HEAT WILL DAMAGE ANY PLANT. EXISTING TREES KILLED o ¢
OR DAMAGED SO THAT THEY ARE MISSHAPEN AND/ OR UNSIGHTLY SHALL BE REPLACED AT THE 2. BALLED AND BURLAPPED PLANTS (BBB) SHALL BE DUG WITH FIRM, NATURAL BALLS OF SOIL HOURS. AT ALL TIMES WORKMANLIKE METHODS CUSTOMARY IN GOOD HORTICULTURAL AND THOROUGHLY WATERED IN. FERTILIZE INSTALLED SOD AS ALLOWED cs Z a
T- ¢
PRACTICES SHALL BE EXERCISED. BY PROPERTY'S JURISDICTIONAL AUTHORITY. Z o g
COST TO THE CONTRACTOR OF ONE HUNDRED DOLLARS ($100) PER CALIPER INCH ON AN ESCALATING OF SUFFICIENT SIZE O ENCOMPASS THE FIBROUS AND, FEEDING ROOTS OF THE PLANTS. NO o Z
° SCALE WHICH ADDS AN ADDITIONAL TWENTY (20) PERCENT PER INCH OVER FOUR (4)iNCHES PLANTS MOVED WITH A ROQT BALL SHALL BE PLANTED IF THE BALL IS CRACKED OR BROKEN. 6. THE WORK SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH OTHER TRADES TO PREVENT CONFLICTS
o ��o
° PLANTS BALLED AND BURLAPPED OR CONTAINER GROWN SHALL NOT BE HANDLED BY STEMS 5. DURING DELIVERY, PRIOR TO, AND DURING THE PLANTING OF THE LAWN N M =
CALIPER AS FIXED AND AGREED LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. CALIPER SHALL BE MEASURED SIX (6) COORDINATE PLANTING WITH IRRIGATION WORK TO ASSURE AVAILABILITY OF WATER AND AREAS THE SOD PANELS SHALL AT ALL TIMES BE PROTECTED FROM w
A J
INCHES ABOVE GROUND LEVEL FOR TREES UP TO AND INCLUDING FOUR (4) INCHES IN CALIPER AND „ „' PROPER LOCATION OF IRRIGATION APPURTENANCES AND PLANTS. EXCESSIVE DRYING AND UNNECESSARY EXPOSURE OF THE ROOTS TO THE W
H 3. PLANTS MARKED B IN THE PLANT LIST SHALL BE DUG WITH BARE ROOTS COMPLYING WITH G E RY EXP R Y
U r Y
TWELVE (12) INCHES ABOVE GROUND LEVEL FOR TREES OVER FOUR (4) INCHES IN CALIPER. SUN: ALL SOD SHALL @E STACKED SO AS NOT TO BE DAMAGED BY o o v 3 FLORIDA GRADES AND STANDARDS FOR NURSERYPLANTS CURRENT EDITION CARE SHALL BE 7 ALL PLANTING PITS SHALL BE EXCAVATED TO SIZE AND DEPTH IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE USA SWEATING OR EXCESSIVE HEAT AND MOISTURE. o 3 EXERCISED THAT THEROOTS DO NOT DRY" OUT DURING TRANSPORTATION AND PRIOR TO N
° D. MATERIALS STANDARD FOR NURSERY STOCK 260.1 UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS AND ___ 3 Z
PLANTING: BAGKFILLED WITH THE PREPARED PLANTING SOIL MIXTURE AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION E. TEST o
r 1. GENERAL 6. LAWN MAINTENANCE:
3 4l PROTECTION OF PALS (IF APPLICABLE):' ONLY A': MINIMUM OF FRONDS SHALL BE REMOVED ALL TREE PITS WITH WATER BEFORE PLANTING TO ASSURE PROPER' DRAINAGE PERCOLATION IS o
MATERIAL SAMPLES LISTED OW S A FROM THE CROWN OF THE PALM TREES TO FACILITATE MOVING AND HANDLING. CLEAR AVAILABLE. NOALLOWANCE WILL BE MADE FOR `LOS ANTS UE -0 IM 0 AINA I A. WITHIN THE CONTRACT LIMITS; THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PRODUCE A DENSE,
T PL p T PR PER DR GE. F BELOW H LL BE FOR APPROVAL ON THE SITE OR AS „ „ WELL ESTABLISHED_ LAWN. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE
r OTHERWISE DETERMINED BY THE OWNER, UPON SAMPLES' APPROVAL, TRUNK (CT), SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED AFTER THE MINIMUM OF FRONDS HAVE BEEN REMOVED'. POOR DRAINAGE EXISTS UTILIZE POOR DRAINAGE CONDITION PLANTING DETAIL. TREES SHALL
L DELIVERY OF MATERIALS , 3 ALL PALMS SHALL B BRACED PER PALM PLANTING DETAIL. REPAIR AND RE -SODDING OF ALL ERODED, SUNKEN OR BARE SPOTS (LARGER
Lo
MAY COMMENCE BE SET PLUMB AND HELD IN POSITION UNTIL THE PLANTING MIXTURE HAS BEEN FLUSHED INTO -
5. EXCAVATION OF TREE PITS SHALL BE PERFORMED USING EXTREME CARE TO AVOID DAMAGE PLACE WITH A SLOW FULL HOSE STREAM. ALL PLANTING SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THAN 12 XI2) UNTIL CERTIFICATION OF ACCEPTABILITY BY THE OWNERS
E MATERIAL `SAMPLE SIZE TO,SURFACE'AND SUBSURFACE ELEMENTS SUCH AS UTILITIES OR HARDSCAPE ELEMENTS PERSONNEL FAMILIAR WITH PLANTING PROCEDURES AND UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF A REPRESENTATIVE. REPAIRED SODDING SHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED AS IN THE w =
MULCH ONE 1 CUBIC FOOT o _co.
a FOOTERS AND PREPAREDSUB-BASES. QUALIFIED LANDSGAPE FOREMAN. PROPER "JETTING 1N" SHALL BE ASSURED TOIELIMINATE AIR ORIGINAL WORK (INCLUDING REGRADING IF NECESSARY). U a to
TOPSOIL MIX ONE 1) CUBIC FOOT
y PLANTS ONE (1) OF EACH VARIETY (OR TAGGED IN NURSERY) I POCKETS AROUND THE ROOTS. "JET STICK" OR EQUAL I5 RECOMMENDED. B. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR ESTABLISHING AND MAINTAINING SOD/LAWN
J. CONTAINER GROWN S1jOCK
a I _ -
° 2• PLANT MATERIALS 8. TAKE ALL NECESSARY PRECAUTIONS TO AVOID DAMAGE TO BUILDINGS AND BUILDING STRUCTURES UNTIL ACCEPTANCE BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. PRIOR TO AND UPON
I. ALL CONTAINER GROWN MATERIAL SHALL BE HEALTHY, VIGOROUS, WELL -ROOTED PLANTS ACCEPTANCE CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE WATERING/IRRIGATION SCHEDULE TO N Q'
A. PLANT SPECIES AND SIZE SHALL CONFORM TO THOSE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. WHILE INSTALLING TREES. I o o � NOMENCLATURE ESTABLISHED IN THE IN WHICH THEY ARE SOLD. THE PLANTS SHALL HAVE TOPS OWNER. OBSERVE ALL APPLICABLE WATERING RESTRICTIONS AS SET FORTH
ENCLATURE SHALL CONFORM TO STANDARDIZED PLANT NAMES, 1942 EDITION. ALL NURSERY WHICH ARE OF GOOD UALITY AND ARE IN A HEALTHY GROWING CONDITION FLORIDA #1 OR ' a o
STOCK SHALL BE 1N ACCORDANCE WITH GRADES AND STANDARDS FOR NURSERY PLANTS, LATEST BETTER,
9: SOIL MIXTURE SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION E OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS. BY THE PROPERTY'S JURISDICTIONAL AUTHORITY o = Y =
a
EDITION, PUBLISHED BY THE FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE AND CONSUMER SERVICES. 10. TREES AND SHRUBS SHALL BE SET STRAIGHT AT AN ELEVATION THAT AFTER SETTLEMENT 0 a (21
ALL PLANTS SHALL BE FLORIDA GRADE NO.I OR BETTER AS DETERMINED BY THE FLORIDA 2. AN ESTABLISHED CONTAINER GROWN PLANT SHALL BE TRANSPLANTED INTO A CONTAINER Q. CLEANUP o }
THE PLANT CROWN WILL STAND ONE (I) TO TWO (2) INCHES ABOVE GRADE. EACH PLANT z m
DIVISION OF PLANT INDUSTRY. ALL PLANTS SHALL BE HEALTHY, VIGOROUS, SOUND AND GROWN IN THAT CONTAINER SUFFICIENTLY LONG FOR THE NEW FIBROUS ROOTS TO HAVE }
° , SHALL BE SET IN THE CENTER OF .THE PIT. PLANTING SOIL MIXTURE SHALLBE'I BACKFILLED, UPON COMPLETION OF ALL PLANTING WORK AND BEFORE FINAL ACCEPTANCE, THE cn o m o
WELL -BRANCHED, AND FREE OF DISEASE AND INSECTS, INSECT EGGS AND LARVAE AND SHALL DEVELOPED SO THAT THE ROOT MASS WILL RETAIN ITS SHAPE AND HOLD TOGETHER WHEN ¢ Z Z W
THOROUGHLY TAMPED AROUND THE BALL AND SETTLED BY WATER (AFTER TAMPING). CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, AND DEBRIS RESULTING J z z
HAVE ADEQUATE ROOT SYSTEMS. TREES FOR PLANTING IN ROWS SHALL BE UNIFORM IN SIZE REMOVED FROM THE ONTAINER, CONTAINER -GROWN STOCK SHALL NOT BE `HANDLED BY FROM HIS WORK. A A A a ,n ¢ w
AND SHAPE. ALL MATERIALS SHALL BE SUBJECT TO APPROVAL BY THE OWNER. WHERE ANY ALL PAVED AREAS SHALL BE BROOM -CLEANED AND THE SITE
THEIR STEMS I1. AMEND PINE AND OAK PLANT PITS WITH ECTOMYCORRHIZAL SOIL APPLICATION PER LEFT IN A NEAT AND ACCEPTABLE CONDITION AS APPROVED H
MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION. ALL OTHER PLANT PITS SHALL BE AMENDED WITH PPR VED BY THE OWNER'S
REQUIREMENTS ARE OMITTED FROM THE PLANT LIST, THE PLANTS FURNISHED SHALL BE NORMAL 3. PLANT ROOTS BOUN IN CONTAINERS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE.
FOR THE VARIETY. PLANTS SHALL BE PRUNED PRIOR TO DELIVERY ONLY WITH APPROVAL FROM ENDOMYGORRHIZAL SOIL APPLICATION PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION. 'PROVIDE
OWNER OR OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. NO SUBSTITUTIONS" SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT WRITTEN 4. SUBSTITUTION OF NO -CONTAINER GROWN MATERIAL FOR MATERIAL EXPLICITLY SPECIFIED PRODUCT INFORMATION SUBMITTAL PRIOR TO INOCULATION. R. PLANT MATERIAL MAINTENANCE
PERMISSION FROM THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE TO BE CONTAINER GR WN WILL NOT BE PERMITTED WITHOUT WRITTEN APPROVAL IS
12. FILL HOLE WITH SOIL MIXTURE, MAKING CERTAIN ALL SOIL 15 SATURATED. T0; DO THIS FILL ALL PLANTS AND PLANTING INCLUDED UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE MAINTAINED
B. MEASUREMENTS: THE HEIGHT AND/OR WIDTH OF TREES SHALL BE MEASURED FROM THE OBTAINED FROM THE OWNER OR OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE, H A I BY WATERING, CULTIVATING,S OLE W TH W TER AND ALLOW TO SOAK MINIMUM TWENTY (20) MINUTES, STIRRING IF G, PRAYING, AND ALL OTHER OPERATIONS (SUCH AS
t GROUND OR ACROSS THE NORMAL SPREAD OF BRANCHES WITH THE PLANTS IN THEIR NORMAL NECESSARY TO GET SOIL THOROUGHLY WET PACK LIGHTLY WITH FEET. ADD MORE W SOIL RE -STAKING OR REPAIRING U uj
POSITION. THIS MEASUREMENT SHALL NOT INCLUDE THE IMMEDIATE TERMINAL GROWTH. PLANTS ET L G GUY SUPPORTS) NECESSARY TO INSURE A HEALTHY
K. COLLECTED STOCK MIXTURE. DO NOT COVER TOP OF BALL WITH SOIL MIXTURE ONLY WITH MULCH. ALL BURLAP, PLANT CONDITION BY THE CONTRACTOR UNTIL CERTIFICATION OF ACCEPTABILITY BY �-^w
LARGER IN SIZE THAN THOSE SPECIFIED IN THE PLANT LIST MAY BE USED IF APPROVED BY THE ROPE WIRES BASKETS ETC.. SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE SIDES AND TOPS O BALLS, U THE OWNER'S S F B LL , BUT REPRESENTATIVE. MAINTENANCE AFTER THE CERTIFICATION OF
OWNER. IF THE USE OF LARGER PLANTS IS APPROVED, THE BALL OF EARTH OR SPREAD OF WHEN THE USE OF COLLECTED STOCK 18 PERMITTED AS INDICATED BY THE OWNER OR OWNERS NOBURLAP SHALL BE PULLED FROM UNDERNEATH: ACGEP A I SHALL
T B L TY BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SPECIFICATIONS IN THIS
ROOTS SHALL BE INCREASED IN PROPORTION TO THE SIZE OF THE PLANT. REPRESENTATIVE, THE, MINIMUM SIZES OF ROOTBALLS SHALL BE EQUAL TO THAT SPECIFIED SECTION. CONTRACTORS ARE REQUESTED 0 PROVIDE AESTIMATE
FOR THE NEXT LARGER SIZE OF NURSERY GROWN STOCK OF THE SAME VARIETY. T PR V RI B D CLEANR COVER
13. PRUNING: TREES SHALL BE PRUNED AT THE DIRECTION OF THE OWNER OR OWNER'S LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION MAINTENANCE FOR A PERIOD OF 90 CALENDAR DAYS
a C.INSPECTION: PLANTS SHALL BE SUBJECT TO INSPECTION AND APPROVAL AT THE PLACE OF I
REPRESENTATIVE; TO PRESERVE THE NATURAL CHARACTER OF THE PLANT.` ALL SOFT COMMENCIN E ACCEPTANCE.
GROWTH, OR UPON DELIVERY TO THE SITE, AS DETERMINED BY THE OWNER, FOR QUALITY, SIZE, L. NATIVE STOCK WOOD OR SUCKER GROWTH AND ALL BROKEN OR BADLY DAMAGED BRANGHE SHALL BE
AND VARIETY; SUCH APPROVAL SHALL NOT IMPAIR THE RIGHT OF INSPECTION AND REJECTION AT S: PENA A ERNA I THE SITE DURING PROGRESS OF THE WORK OR AFTER COMPLETION FOR SIZE AND CONDITION OFPLANTS COLLECTED FR M WILD OR NATIVE STANDS SHALL @E CONSIDERED NURSERY GROWN REMOVED WITH A CLEAN CUT. ALL PRUNING TO BE PERFORMED BY LICENSL D ARBORTE B D ITEM)IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANSI A-300ROOT BALLS OR ROOTS III
LATENT DEFECTS OR INJURIES. REJECTED PLANTS SHALL BE REMOVED WHEN THEY HAVE BEE SUCCESSFULLY RE-ESTABLISHED IN ,A NURSERY ROW AND GROWN S ARE REQUESTED TOPROVIDE A S 1MAUNDER REGULAR NURS RY CULTURAL PRACTICES FOR A MINIMUM OF TWO 2 GROWINGVLE B D E T ESTIMATE FOR MAINTENANCE
E IMMEDIATELY FROM THE SITE. NOTICE REQUESTING INSPECTION SHALL BE SUBMITTED IN O 14. SHRUBS AND GROUND COVER PLANTS SHALL BE EVENLY SPACED IN ACCORDANCE FOLLOWING THE INITIAL 90-DAY MAINTENANCE PERIOD ON A COST -PER -MONTH
SEASONS AND HAVE ATTAINED ADEQUATE ROOT AND TOP GROWTH TO INDICATE FULL
WRITING BY THE CONTRACTOR AT LEAST ONE (1) WEEK PRIOR TO ANTICIPATED DATE. WITH THE DRAWINGS AND AS INDICATED ON THE PLANT LIST. CULTIVATE`"ALL BASIS.
r RECOVERY FROM TRANSPLANTING INTO THE NURSERY ROW. PLANTING AREAS TOIA MINIMUM DEPTH OF 6", REMOVE AND DISPOSE ALL DEBRIS.
o E. SOIL MIXTURE (PLANTING MEDIUM, PLANTING MIX, TOPSOIL MIX) M. MATERIALS LIST I MIX TOP 4" THE PLANTING SOIL MIXTURE`AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION E. THOR UGHLY T. FINAL INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE OF WORK CIL
WATER ALL PLANTS AFTER INSTALLATION, FINAL INSPECTION AT THE EN 1. SOIL MIXTURE (PLANTING MEDIUM FOR PLANT PITS) SHALL _CONSIST OF TWO PARTS OF TOPSOIL - D OF THE WARRANTY PERIOD SHALL BE ON PLANTING,
° QUANTITIES NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE WORK ON THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE FURNISHED BY'!
AND ONE PART SAND; AS DESCRIBED BELOW: 15_ TREE GUYING AND -BRACING SHALL-BE'LNSTALLED BY THE CONTRACTOR IN ACCORDANCE CONSTRUCTION AND ALL OTHER INCIDENTAL WORK PERTAINING TO THIS CONTRACT.
THE CONTRACTOR. QUANTITY ESTIMATES HAVE BEEN MADE CAREFULLY BUT THE LANDSCAPE';' ANY REPLACEMENT A THIS WITH THE PLANS TO INSURE STABILITY AND MAINTAIN TREES IN AN UPRIGHT POSITION. T T TIME SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE SAME ONE (1) YEAR
2. TOPSOIL FOR USE IN PREPARING SOIL MIXTURE FOR BACKFILLING PLANT PITS SHALL BE ARCHITECT OR OWNER ASSUMES NO LIABILITY` FOR OMIS 1ON 0 HOU A S S R ERRORS. S LD IF THE CONTRACTOR AND OWNER DECIDE TO WAIVE THE TREE GUYING AND RACING THE WARRANTY (OR AS SPECIFIED BY THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT OR OWNER IN
FERTILE FRIABLE AN 0 A LOAMY CHARACTER;
D F L Y R CTER, REASONABLY FREE OF SUBSOIL, CLAY LUMPS DISCREPANCY OCCUR BETWEEN THE PLANS AND THE PLANT LIST QUANTITY, THE LANDSCAPE WRITING BEGINNING WITH N � OWNER SHALL -NOTIFY THE :LANDSCAPE` ARCHITECT IN WRITING AND AGREE' 0 INDEMNIFY ) G THE TIME OF REPLACEMENT AND ENDING WITH THE SAME
BRUSH WEEDS AND TOEHR LITTER; FREE OF ROOTS STUMPS STONES LARGER THAN 2' IN ANY ARCHITECT` SHALL BE NOTIFIED FOR CLARIFICATION PRIOR TO BIDDING OR INSTALLATION. ALL; Q
AND HOLD HARMLESS THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT IN THE EVENT UNSUPPORTED TREES INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE HEREIN DESCRIBED. o
DIRECTION, AND OTHER EXTRANEOUS OR TOXIC MATTER HARMFUL TO PLANT GROWTH. IT SHALL DIMENSIONS AND/OR SIZES SPECIFIED SHALL BE THE MINIMUM ACCEPTABLE SIZE N UN THIS
_ PLANTED DER T S CONTRACT FALL AND DAMAGE .PERSON OR PROPERTY.` �
N CONTAIN THREE (3) TO FIVE (5) PERCENT DECOMPOSED ORGANIC MATTER AND A PH BETWEEN U. WARRANTY O
PLA T
5.5 AND 7.0 - SUBMIT SAMPLE AND PH TESTING RESULTS FOR APPROVAL. N. FINE GRADING -16. MULCHING: PROVIDE A THREP INCH (MINIMUM) LAYER OF SPECIFIED MULCF� OVER THE
I. THE LIFE AND SATISFACTORY CONDITION OF ALL 7 GALLON AND LARGER PLANT
ENTIRE AREA OF EACH SHRUB BED, GROUND COVER, VINE BED AND TREE IT PLANTED
3 1. FINE GRADING UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL CONSIST OF FINAL FINISHED GRADING OF LAWN MATERIAL INSTALLED BY THE LANDSCAPE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE WARRANTED BY
3. SAND SHALL BE COARSE, CLEAN, WELL -DRAINING, NATIVE SAND. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT UNDER THIS CONTRACT:
° = AND PLANTING AREAS THAT HAVE BEEN ROUGH GRADED BY OTHERS. BERMING AS SHOWN ON THE CONTRACTOR FOR A MINIMUM OF ONE (i) CALENDAR YEAR COMMENCING AT THE
a w RESULTS OF SOIL TESTS FOR TOPSOIL AND SAND PROPOSED FOR USE UNDER THI5 CONTRACT
N THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR UNLESS OTHERWISE TIME OF CERTIFICATION OF ACCE A I I H W
FOR APPROVAL BY THE OWNER: 17. HERBICIDE WEED "CONTROL; ALL PLANT BEDS SHALL BE KEPT FREE OF NO IOUS WEEDS UNTIL PT B L TY BYTE 0 NER S REPRESENTATIVE.
o NOTED.
FINAL_ ACCEPTANCE OF WORK. IF DIRECTED BY THE OWNER "ROUND -UP" SHALL BE APPLIED FOR
-Q ,
N
4. TREES SHALL AN IN H LL BE PLANTED THE EXISTING NATIVE SOIL ON SITE UN r 2. THE LIFE AND SATISFACTORY u ° , LESS DETERMINED TO BE 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FINE. GRADE THE LAWN �,ND PLANTING AREAS TO :BRING. THE, ROUGH CONDITION OF ALL OTHER PLANT MATERIAL (INCLUDING
WEED CONTROL BY QUALIFIED PERSONNEL TO ALL PLANTING AREAS IN SPOT APPLICATIONS PER
UNSUITABLE - AT WHICH POINT THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT TO GRADE UP TO FINAL FINISHED GRADE ALLOWING O THICKNESS S AN M SOD INSTALLED BY THE LANDSCAPE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE WARRANTED N
o ._ G LL G FOR T KNE F OD DxOR MULCH MANUFACTURERS PRECAUTIONS AND SPEGIfICATIONS. 'PRIOR TO FINAL INSPECTION, TREAT ALL ) TED BY THE
i DISCUSS ALTERNATE RECOMMENDATION PRIOR TO PLANTING. H HIS CON ' CONTRACTOR FOR A MINIMUM
o N DEPTH. T CONTRACTOR SHALL FINE GRADE BY NAND AF1D/OR WITH ALL EQUIPMENT PLANTING BEDS WITH AN APPROVED PRE -EMERGENT HERBICIDE AT AN APPLICATION ATE OF ONE (1) CALENDAR YEAR COMMENCING AT THE TIME OF
r NECESSARY INCLUDIN A GRADING TRACTOR WITH FRONT-END LOADER FOR T A PORTING R CERTIFICATION OF ACCEPTABILIT H OWNER'S
R NS G Y BY ER REPRESENTATIVE.
RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. (AS ALLOWED BY AUTHORITY)
5. CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT SAMPLES OF SOIL MIXTURE FOR OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE APPROVAL SOIL WITHIN THE SITE
a PRIOR TO PLANT INSTALLATION OPERATIONS COMMENCE. P. LAWN SODDING 3. REPLACEMENT: ANY PLANT NOT FOUND IN A HEALTHY GROWING CONDITION AT THE °�"
a 3. ALL PLANTING AREA SHALL BE GRADED AND MAINTAINED FOR POSITIVE DRAINAGE TO END OF THE WARRANTY PERIOD SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE SITE AND REPLACEDLLJ
N F. WATER SURFACE/SUBSURFACE STORM DRAIN SYSTEMS. AREAS ADJACENT U >
RE TO BUILDINGS SHALL I. THE WORK CONSISTS OF.LAWN BED PREPARATION, SOIL, PREPARATION, AND SODDING AS SOON AS WEATHER CONDITIONS PERMIT. ALL REPLACEMENTS SHALL BE PLANTS
N. SLOPE AWAY FROM TE BUILDINGS..REFER.TO CIVIL:.':EN IN fRS PLANS FOR GRADES. 0 I H S
z
o N WATER. NECESSARY FOR PLANTINGAND MAINTENANCE NA G E F L GR DE 'COMPLETE, N STRICT. ACCORDANCE WITH THE SPECIFICATIONS AND THE APPLICABLE OF THE SAME KIND AND SIZE AS SPECIFIED IN THE PLANT LIST. THEY SHALL BE
TE E SHALL BE OF SATISFACTORY QUALITY TO
- o DRAWINGS TO PRODUCE A TURF GRASS LAWN ACCEPTABLE TO THE OWNER. FURNISHED PLANTED AND MULCHED AS SPECIFIED UNDER "PLANTING", AT NO o
SUSTAIN AN ADEQUATE PLANT GROWTH AND SHALL NOT CONTAIN HARMFUL, NATURAL OR 0
° 0. PLANTING PROCEDURE ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER.
MAN-MADE ELEMENTS DETRIMENTAL TO PLANTS. WATER MEETING THE ABOVE STANDARD SHALL 2. LAWN BED PREPARATION ALL AREAS THAT ARE 70 BE SODDED SHALL BE CLEARED OF
1. CLEANING UP BEFORE COMMENCING WORK: THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEAN WORK AND w
a BE OBTAINED ON THE SITE FROM THE OWNER JF AVAILABLE AND THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE ANY`ROUGH'GRASS WEEDS, AND DEBRIS AND 'THE GROUND BROUGHT TO AN EVEN GRADE. o G 4. IN THE EVENT THE OWNER DOES NOT CONTRACT WITH THE CONTRACTOR FORcj
RESPONSIBLE TO MAKE ARRANGEMENTS FOR ITS USE BY HIS TANKS HOSES SPRINKLERS, C SURROUNDING AREAS F` ALL RUBBISH OR OBJECTIONABLE 'MATTER. ALL MORTAR CEMENT, THE fN I SU A S A I
/ o , , ER , ETC.. ,, - T RE RF CE N LL BE ROLLED W TN A ROLLER WEIGHING NOT MO E THAN
c� AND TOXIC MATERIAL SHALL M0 0 H AC • 0 A AN LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION MAINTENANCE THE CONTRACTOR IS ENCOURAGED TO _J
IF SUCH WATER IS NOT AVAILABLE AT THE SITE THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE H LL BE REMOVED FR M T E SURFACE F ALL PLANT BEDS, THESE ONE -HUNDRED 100' POUNDS PER FOOT OF WIDTH. DURING ( ) cc �, , ( ) F T T D RI G .THE ROLLING, A L DEPRESSIONS
D MATERIALS SHALL NO BE MIXED WITH THE SOIL, . SHOULD THE CONTRACTOR FIN SUCH SOIL VISIT THE PROJECT SITE PERIODICALLY DURING THE ONE YEAR WARRANTY PERIOD TO •
SATISFACTORY WATER FROM SOURCES OFF THE SITE AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. D L CAUSED BY, SETTLEMENT SHALL BE FILLED WITH ADDITIONAL SOIL, AN
CONDITIONS BENEATH THE SOIL WHICH WILL IN ANY WAY ADVERSELY A EC H AN 0 L L, D THE SURFACE SHALL EVALUATE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES BEING PERFORMED BY THE OWNER AND SHALL �
m y AFFECT THE PLANT _ BE REGRADED AND ROLLED UN I PRESENTING A SMOOTH AN
'- �WATERINGARRIGATION RESTRICTIONS MAY APPLY - REFER TO PROPERTY'S JU IS G R ED T L PRESS G T D EVEN FINISH TO THE
JURISDICTIONAL NOTIFY THE OWNER IN WRITING OF MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES OR CONDITIONS WHIGN
� 3GROWTH, HE SHALL IMMEDIATELY .CALL IT TO THE. ATTENTION OF .THE OWNERS REQUIRED GRADE: r. DATE
AUTHORITY. THREATEN VIGOROUS AND HEALTHY PLANT GROWTH. IT 15 SUGGESTED SUCH s REPRESENTATIVE. F `LURE TO DO SO BEFORE: PLANTING SHALL MAKE THE CORRECTIVE G GGE .TED SITE APRIL 12008
Y w.
MEASURES THE RESPONSIBILITY OF' THE CONTRALTO 3. SOIL PREPARATION:: PREPARE LOOSE BED FOUR 4 .`INCHES. DEEP. NAND RAKE UNTIL ALL VISITS SHALL BE CONDUCTED A MINIMUM OF ONCE PER MONTH FOR A PERIOD OF
o R. O PROJECT N0:
r BUMPS AND DEPRESSIONS ARE REMOVED, NET PREPARED AREA THOROUGHLY. TWELVE (12) MONTHS FROM THE DATE OF ACCEPTANCE.
ol
E 041159000
E SHEET NUMBER
� J
LA3
t
r.
i4
5., f. "
K
i ,,. ,. a..a >`•�..
"S..
sea
-.-, :r.
,
... r T ..
.. .r r. ,. ,.
-i.. t: :.A
Yx. _.
... ..
✓.- t.�.. _..
, ... ..
744
::ate
a
..
Olt
..GO
N
% N
I
-------------
E L m via
1
MMAMOWW
offmill ■ 1
III I'll, IYLIN
N l \
m
IRRIGATION DESIGN NOTES:
1) INSTALLATION WORK SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS IN SUCH A MANOR AS TO ALLOW FOR SPEEDY AND ORDERLY COMPLETION OF ALL WORK ON THE
3 SITE. PRECIPITATIONRATES
0 2) ALL PROPOSED TREES AND SHRUBS SHALL BE IRRIGATED BY A 100% AUTOMATIC UNDERGROUND IRRIGATION SYSTEM.
Y ° WEEKLY RUN TIME TO MEET PEAK
3) IRRIGATION SYSTEM SHALL BE CAPABLE OF SUPPLYING AN AVERAGE OF I OF WATER PER WEEK WITHIN WA EKING RESTRICTIONS AS APPLICABLE. PEAK DEMAND/
4) IRRIGATION SYSTEM SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED THROUGH EXISTING, OR PRESERVED PLANT COMMUNITIES. SPRINKLER TYPE RATE WEEK IRR. EFF. DEMAND WITH IRRIGATION EFFICIENCY,
L �
5) IRRIGATION SPRINKLER ZONES SHALL BE SEPARATED FOR HIGH AND LOW WATER REQUIREMENTS AND OPERA
TING ON DIFFERENT WATERING CYCLES.
1.5 IN/NR 1.07 IN 75%
58 MINS
0
a
6) IRRIGATION OVERTHROW TO IMPERVIOUS AND NATURAL AREAS SHALL BE MINIMIZED.
POP-UP SPRAY SPRINKLER
0
7) A RAIN SENSOR OR SOIL MOISTURE SENSOR SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH THE IRRIGATION CONTROL SYSTEM,
INSTALLED AT A LOCATION TO BE COORDINATED WITH OWNER.
GEAR ROTOR .617 IN/HR 1.07 IN 75%
140 MINS
a
8) IRRIGATION PIPING INSTALLED UNDER ROADS AND SIDEWALKS SHALL BE IN SCHEDULE 40 PVC SLEEVING AT'2X
THE PIPE SIZE. ALL SLEEVING SHALL BE FREE OF STONES
DRIP 1.6 IN/HR 1.07 1N q5%
46 MINS
a
AND DEBRIS.
°
q) IRRIGATION CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL WELL AND PUMP TO ADEQUATELY PROVIDE WATER QUALITY, VOLUME,
AND PRESSURE TO OPERATE
THE IRRIGATION SYSTEM:
CONTRACTOR TO ADJUST CONTROLLER RUN TIMES AS NECESSARY
TO MEET MONTHLY
E
10) IRRIGATED AREAS SHALL BE FULLY IRRIGATED WITH SPRAY HEADS $ ROTORS SPACED TO PROVIDE 100% HE
D TO HEAD COVERAGE. ALL PROPOSED TREES AND PALMS
IRRIGATION REQUIREMENTS PREDICATED BY ST. LUCIE COUNTY
ISTORICAL RAINFALL
o
in
N
SHALL BE IRRIGATED WITH TREE BUBBLERS.
DATA, EVAPOTRANSPIRATION RATES, AND SPECIFIC PLANT REQUIREMENTS.
)I) PROPOSED SOD WILL REQUIRE' 100% COVERAGE, HEAD TO HEAD IRRIGATION.
C
12) CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT WITH SHOP DRAWINGS DEPICTING IRRIGATION DESIGN
OR APPROVAL PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION.
o
T
13) CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE "AS -BUILT" DRAWINGS OF THE FINAL INSTALLATION TO OWNER AT SUBSTANTI
L COMPLETION BEFORE RECEIVING FINAL PAYMENT.
IRRIGATION, -ZONES REQUIRED
CN
14) IRRIGATION PUMP SHALL BE SELF -PRIMING AND INCORPORATE AN APPROPRIATE START RELAY FOR CONTRO
LER OPERATION.
°
�I
15) IRRIGATION CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR ASSOCIATED PERMITTING AND FEES.
THIS SITE WILL REQUIRE A COME 1NATION OF THE FOLLOWING, AT
A MINIMUM:
N
.N
36 OF 30 GPM (MAX) ZONES VALVES)
IRRIGATION
SYSTEI
1�t
I NOTES:
.(1"
17 OF 65 GPM (MAX) ZONES (1.5" VALVES)
°
12 OF qO GPM (MAX) ZONES (1.5" VALVES)
7 OF 150 GPM (MAX) ZONES (2" VALVES)
`o
A) THE IRRIGATION MAINLINE LAYOUT IS DIAGRAMMATIC. ANY CHANGES MADE IN THE IRRIGATION MAINLINE DUE
TO FIELD CONDITIONS OR CONTRACTORS SUBMITTED DESIGN
SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THESE "STANDARDS.
e ADDITIONAL: ZONES MAYBE NECESSARY. CONTRACTOR TO
DETERMINE FINAL DESIGN
3
B) SET SPRAY HEADS 6", ROTORS 12" IN FROM BACK OF CURB OR 24" IF PAVEMENT HAS NO CURB, AND 3" FROM SIDEWALKS WHERE APPLICABLE UNLESS OTHERWISE` NOTED.
AND 5U$I1IT` CALCULATIONS FOR OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE
APPROVAL PRIOR TO
7
y
C) LOCATE ALL VALVES A MINIMUM OF 24" FROM BACK OF CURB OR EDGE OF PAVEMENT, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
INSTALLATION.
D) VERIFY LOCATIONS OF ALL UNDERGROUND UTILITIES PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF IRRIGATION SYSTEM. MAINLINE SHALL NOT BE LOCATED V41THOUT PRIOR APPROVAL OF
0 LOW -VOLUME IRRIGATION WILL REQUIRE LESS ZONES AND A
E NOT 'RESTRICTED.
o
a
THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. ALL UTILITIES AND STRUCTURES MAY NOT BE SHOWN ON THESE PLAN5-CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY.
(RESTRICTIONS FOR LOW -VOLUME IRRIGATION ARE VOLUNTA
Y PER. SFWMD)
a
E) ALL PRESSURE MAINLINES UNDER ASPHALT PAVEMENT SHALL BE WITHIN SLEEVES AS NOTED. WHERE ELECTRIC VALVE CONTROL LINES PASS THROUGH A"SLEEVE WITH
°
OTHER MAIN OR LATERAL LINES THEY SHALL BE CONTAINED_ WITHIN A SEPARATE, SMALLER CONDUIT.
F) ALL SHRUB SPRAY ZONES TO BE 1211 POP -UPS, NO RISERS SHALL BE INSTALLED.
G) HEADS, LATERALS, EMITTERS, AND VALVES ARE NOT SHOWN,' BUT ARE NECESSARY FOR A FULLY FUNCTIONING IRRIGATION SYSTEM.
H) ALL SLEEVES UTILIZED BY THE IRRIGATION CONTRACTOR, WHETHER INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR OR NOT, SHALL BE LOCATED ON THE "A5-L5U4_T" DRAWINGS. THE DEPTH
N
BELOW FINISH GRADE, TO THE NEAREST FOOT OF EACH END OF EACH SLEEVE SHALL BE NOTED AT EACH SLEEVE LOCATION ON THE "A5-BUILT" DRAWINGS. - CONTRACTOR TO
_a
o
°
PROVIDE AS -BUILT DRAWINGS PRIOR TO OWNERS ACCEPTANCE OF IRRIGATION WORK.
1 SMALLEST DIAMETER LATERAL PIPE SHALL BE 314 . ALL UN5IZED PIPE SHALL BE 3/ UNLESS OTHERWISE
) 4 NOTED.
(PLASTIC
IRRIGATION" SYSTEM DEMAND
J) ALL VALVES SHALL BE INSTALLED IN AN AMETEK VALVE BOX WITH LOCKING'( LID. LOCATE IN SHRUB BEDS, IF POSSIBLE.
o
a
K) IRRIGATION CONTRACTOR SHALL SECURE ANY AND ALL NECESSARY PERMITS FOR THE WORK PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF HI5 OPERATIONS ON -SITE. COPIES OF THE]
IRRIGATED AREA: 1.65, ACRES (t73,841 SF)
o
mPERMITS
SHALL BE SENT TO THE OWNER/GENERAL CONTRACTOR. WORK IN THE R.O.W. SHALL CONFORM TO THE STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS OF LOCAL AND/OR STATE-
WEEKLY WATER APPLICATION: 1.07 INGHES PER WEEK
GOLDEN CORRAL PROJECT: I DAY RUN TIME SCHEDULE
LO
HIGHWAY JURISDICTION.
a
L) VERIFY CONTROLLER AND WELL/PUMP LOCATION AT PROJECT SITE WITH OWNER. CONTROLLER TO BE INSTALLED
IN AN INCONSPICUOUS LOCATION, IN A LOCKABLE
FORMULA: Q AD
= KFHE
°
o
PEDESTAL.
FORMULA: Q = AD
KFHE
0
M) ELECTRIC SERVICE TO THE CONTROLLER SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR.
WHERE:
1.6q AC X 1.07 IN.
FORMULA: Q = 453
Y
N) ALL 24 VAC WIRING FROM DECODER TO VALVE SHALL BE OF DIRECT BURIAL COPPER WIRE MAXIMUM LENGTH
OF WIRE FROM DECODER TO VALVE SHALL NOT EXCEED 400 ,
Q = SPRINKLER SYSTEM CAPACITY IN GALLONS PER MINUTE.
2 DAY X S HRS. X .75 EFF
ml
L
FEET. AS FOLLOWS: (CONTROL WIRES - #14 (RED COLOR) AND COMMON WIRES - #14 (WHITE COLOR)).
=ACRES IN THE DESIGN AREA.
FORMULA: Q = (08 GPM
.3
O) CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL METALLIZED IDENTIFICATION TAPE ABOVE ALL IRRIGATION MAINLINES IN ACCORDANCE
WITH FDOT UTILITY ACCOMMODATION MANUAL, LATEST"
_A
D i GROSS'DEPTH OF APPLICATION IN INCHES;
s
EDITION.
F _ THE NUMBER OF DAYS ALLOWED FOR COMPLETION OF ONE IRRIGATION. 73 841 SF * .08g166 FT/WK + 7.48 CONSTANT 4q,100 GAVWEEK
( ) (CONSTANT)
Y
o
P) INSTALLATION OF WORK SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS IN SUCH A MANNER AS T
ALLOW FOR A SPEEDY AND ORDERLY COMPLETION OF ALL
H = THE NUMBER OF HOURS THE SY5TEM IS OPERATED IN A DAY.
E
WORK ON THE SITE.
Q) PRODUCTS SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED OR APPROVED EQUAL. PRE -APPROVED MANUFACTURERS:
EFF =EFFICIENCY OF THE IRRIGATION SYSTEM (75%).
ID
c
E
1. TOR
43560 50 FT/ACRE x 17.4$ GAL/CU FT
U
2. HUNTER
K=453_
60 MIN/HR x12 1N F T
C
3
°
�
3. RAINBIRD
C)
u
F
Z
J
t -O
O
J
ow
a
0
r
r
z
m
m
'm
C()
o 11
o
-
LJ<
Z
Z
Y
V)
0
O
U
Q
0
0
J
L�
r
f
Y
Uj
z
�
-I
Y
0
O
U
x
0 30' 60'
w
U
.J
SCALE: 9 "=30'
h:k
Call 48 Hours
before you dig
It's the Law!
1-800-432-4770
`Sunshine State One. Call of Florida Inc. „r
BATE
APRIL' 2008
PROJECT NO.
041159000
SHEET NUMBER
1ki
ALUMINUM POLE
WITH DECORATIVE
s` BASE I S89046'59" 765.36
p. 0 N.
3
t
c
Q
LIGPTING NOTES:
�n
o
.
1. LIGHTING LAYOUT SHOWN 15 DIAGRAMMATIC. LIGHTING
o
MANUFACTURER SHALL DESIGN FINAL LIGHTING PLAN TO. PROVIDE
NECE55ARY LIGHT TO SATISFY FLORIDA BUILDING CODE AND ST
NOTE: ALL LUMINAIRES TO BE 150W METAL HALIDE.
LUCIE COUNTY REGULATIONS..
a
2. CLIG14TING DESIGNER 5HALL COORDINATE LIGHTING DE51GN TO
Proposed L I ht in F I Xt Ul"2
Ng g
ELIMINATE CONFLICTS WITH UNDERGROUND UTILITIES, TREES' -OR
OTHER -GROUND
o
v
POTENTIAL ABOVE OR SUBSURFACE OBSTRUCTIONS:
o
0
a
NTS
4. REFER TO CIVIL ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR UTILITY LOCATIONS.>
REFER TO LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR TREE/PALM
LOCATIONS
_
V
5. AT THE CONTRACTOR'S REQUEST, CAD DRAWINGS MAY BE MADE
�I
s
AVAILABLE TO A551ST IN ;LIGHTING DESIGN. DIGITAL INFORMATION
m
s
PROVIDED BY KHA SHALL Bf " USED FOR THE CONTRACTOR'S
REFERENCE. ONLY HARD COPIES OF PERMITTED SHOP DRAWINGS
AND PLANS SHALL BE RELIED UPON.
E
'.
O'
C
u
o
Cl
Av
�z�
0
Z
0 30' 60'
i
SCALE: 1 "=30'
Q
J
o
0
LL
Uj
z
O
c�
LLJ
U
J
DATE
APRIL 2008
PROJECT NO.
041159000
SHEET NUMBER
L11